gfortran
GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT
—Unit number for standard inputGFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT
—Unit number for standard outputGFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT
—Unit number for standard errorGFORTRAN_USE_STDERR
—Send library output to standard errorGFORTRAN_TMPDIR
—Directory for scratch filesGFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL
—Don’t buffer I/O on all unitsGFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED
—Don’t buffer I/O on preconnected unitsGFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS
—Show location for runtime errorsGFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS
—Print leading + where permittedGFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL
—Default record length for new filesGFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR
—Separator for list outputGFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT
—Set endianness for unformatted I/OGFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE
—Dump core on run-time errorsGFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACE
—Show backtrace on run-time errorsX
format descriptor without count fieldFORMAT
specificationsFORMAT
specificationsLOGICAL
and INTEGER
valuesCONVERT
specifier%VAL
, %REF
and %LOC
_gfortran_set_args
— Save command-line arguments_gfortran_set_options
— Set library option flags_gfortran_set_convert
— Set endian conversion_gfortran_set_record_marker
— Set length of record markers_gfortran_set_fpe
— Set when a Floating Point Exception should be raised_gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length
— Set subrecord lengthABORT
— Abort the programABS
— Absolute valueACCESS
— Checks file access modesACHAR
— Character in ASCII collating sequenceACOS
— Arccosine functionACOSH
— Inverse hyperbolic cosine functionADJUSTL
— Left adjust a stringADJUSTR
— Right adjust a stringAIMAG
— Imaginary part of complex numberAINT
— Truncate to a whole numberALARM
— Execute a routine after a given delayALL
— All values in MASK along DIM are trueALLOCATED
— Status of an allocatable entityAND
— Bitwise logical ANDANINT
— Nearest whole numberANY
— Any value in MASK along DIM is trueASIN
— Arcsine functionASINH
— Inverse hyperbolic sine functionASSOCIATED
— Status of a pointer or pointer/target pairATAN
— Arctangent functionATAN2
— Arctangent functionATANH
— Inverse hyperbolic tangent functionBESSEL_J0
— Bessel function of the first kind of order 0BESSEL_J1
— Bessel function of the first kind of order 1BESSEL_JN
— Bessel function of the first kindBESSEL_Y0
— Bessel function of the second kind of order 0BESSEL_Y1
— Bessel function of the second kind of order 1BESSEL_YN
— Bessel function of the second kindBIT_SIZE
— Bit size inquiry functionBTEST
— Bit test functionC_ASSOCIATED
— Status of a C pointerC_FUNLOC
— Obtain the C address of a procedureC_F_PROCPOINTER
— Convert C into Fortran procedure pointerC_F_POINTER
— Convert C into Fortran pointerC_LOC
— Obtain the C address of an objectC_SIZEOF
— Size in bytes of an expressionCEILING
— Integer ceiling functionCHAR
— Character conversion functionCHDIR
— Change working directoryCHMOD
— Change access permissions of filesCMPLX
— Complex conversion functionCOMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
— Get number of command line argumentsCOMPLEX
— Complex conversion functionCONJG
— Complex conjugate functionCOS
— Cosine functionCOSH
— Hyperbolic cosine functionCOUNT
— Count functionCPU_TIME
— CPU elapsed time in secondsCSHIFT
— Circular shift elements of an arrayCTIME
— Convert a time into a stringDATE_AND_TIME
— Date and time subroutineDBLE
— Double conversion functionDCMPLX
— Double complex conversion functionDFLOAT
— Double conversion functionDIGITS
— Significant binary digits functionDIM
— Positive differenceDOT_PRODUCT
— Dot product functionDPROD
— Double product functionDREAL
— Double real part functionDTIME
— Execution time subroutine (or function)EOSHIFT
— End-off shift elements of an arrayEPSILON
— Epsilon functionERF
— Error functionERFC
— Error functionERFC_SCALED
— Error functionETIME
— Execution time subroutine (or function)EXIT
— Exit the program with status.EXP
— Exponential functionEXPONENT
— Exponent functionFDATE
— Get the current time as a stringFLOAT
— Convert integer to default realFGET
— Read a single character in stream mode from stdinFGETC
— Read a single character in stream modeFLOOR
— Integer floor functionFLUSH
— Flush I/O unit(s)FNUM
— File number functionFPUT
— Write a single character in stream mode to stdoutFPUTC
— Write a single character in stream modeFRACTION
— Fractional part of the model representationFREE
— Frees memoryFSEEK
— Low level file positioning subroutineFSTAT
— Get file statusFTELL
— Current stream positionGAMMA
— Gamma functionGERROR
— Get last system error messageGETARG
— Get command line argumentsGET_COMMAND
— Get the entire command lineGET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT
— Get command line argumentsGETCWD
— Get current working directoryGETENV
— Get an environmental variableGET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE
— Get an environmental variableGETGID
— Group ID functionGETLOG
— Get login nameGETPID
— Process ID functionGETUID
— User ID functionGMTIME
— Convert time to GMT infoHOSTNM
— Get system host nameHUGE
— Largest number of a kindHYPOT
— Euclidean distance functionIACHAR
— Code in ASCII collating sequenceIAND
— Bitwise logical andIARGC
— Get the number of command line argumentsIBCLR
— Clear bitIBITS
— Bit extractionIBSET
— Set bitICHAR
— Character-to-integer conversion functionIDATE
— Get current local time subroutine (day/month/year)IEOR
— Bitwise logical exclusive orIERRNO
— Get the last system error numberINDEX
— Position of a substring within a stringINT
— Convert to integer typeINT2
— Convert to 16-bit integer typeINT8
— Convert to 64-bit integer typeIOR
— Bitwise logical orIRAND
— Integer pseudo-random numberIS_IOSTAT_END
— Test for end-of-file valueIS_IOSTAT_EOR
— Test for end-of-record valueISATTY
— Whether a unit is a terminal device.ISHFT
— Shift bitsISHFTC
— Shift bits circularlyISNAN
— Test for a NaNITIME
— Get current local time subroutine (hour/minutes/seconds)KILL
— Send a signal to a processKIND
— Kind of an entityLBOUND
— Lower dimension bounds of an arrayLEADZ
— Number of leading zero bits of an integerLEN
— Length of a character entityLEN_TRIM
— Length of a character entity without trailing blank charactersLGE
— Lexical greater than or equalLGT
— Lexical greater thanLINK
— Create a hard linkLLE
— Lexical less than or equalLLT
— Lexical less thanLNBLNK
— Index of the last non-blank character in a stringLOC
— Returns the address of a variableLOG
— Logarithm functionLOG10
— Base 10 logarithm functionLOG_GAMMA
— Logarithm of the Gamma functionLOGICAL
— Convert to logical typeLONG
— Convert to integer typeLSHIFT
— Left shift bitsLSTAT
— Get file statusLTIME
— Convert time to local time infoMALLOC
— Allocate dynamic memoryMATMUL
— matrix multiplicationMAX
— Maximum value of an argument listMAXEXPONENT
— Maximum exponent of a real kindMAXLOC
— Location of the maximum value within an arrayMAXVAL
— Maximum value of an arrayMCLOCK
— Time functionMCLOCK8
— Time function (64-bit)MERGE
— Merge variablesMIN
— Minimum value of an argument listMINEXPONENT
— Minimum exponent of a real kindMINLOC
— Location of the minimum value within an arrayMINVAL
— Minimum value of an arrayMOD
— Remainder functionMODULO
— Modulo functionMOVE_ALLOC
— Move allocation from one object to anotherMVBITS
— Move bits from one integer to anotherNEAREST
— Nearest representable numberNEW_LINE
— New line characterNINT
— Nearest whole numberNOT
— Logical negationNULL
— Function that returns an disassociated pointerOR
— Bitwise logical ORPACK
— Pack an array into an array of rank onePERROR
— Print system error messagePRECISION
— Decimal precision of a real kindPRESENT
— Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specifiedPRODUCT
— Product of array elementsRADIX
— Base of a model numberRAN
— Real pseudo-random numberRAND
— Real pseudo-random numberRANDOM_NUMBER
— Pseudo-random numberRANDOM_SEED
— Initialize a pseudo-random number sequenceRANGE
— Decimal exponent rangeREAL
— Convert to real typeRENAME
— Rename a fileREPEAT
— Repeated string concatenationRESHAPE
— Function to reshape an arrayRRSPACING
— Reciprocal of the relative spacingRSHIFT
— Right shift bitsSCALE
— Scale a real valueSCAN
— Scan a string for the presence of a set of charactersSECNDS
— Time functionSECOND
— CPU time functionSELECTED_CHAR_KIND
— Choose character kindSELECTED_INT_KIND
— Choose integer kindSELECTED_REAL_KIND
— Choose real kindSET_EXPONENT
— Set the exponent of the modelSHAPE
— Determine the shape of an arraySIGN
— Sign copying functionSIGNAL
— Signal handling subroutine (or function)SIN
— Sine functionSINH
— Hyperbolic sine functionSIZE
— Determine the size of an arraySIZEOF
— Size in bytes of an expressionSLEEP
— Sleep for the specified number of secondsSNGL
— Convert double precision real to default realSPACING
— Smallest distance between two numbers of a given typeSPREAD
— Add a dimension to an arraySQRT
— Square-root functionSRAND
— Reinitialize the random number generatorSTAT
— Get file statusSUM
— Sum of array elementsSYMLNK
— Create a symbolic linkSYSTEM
— Execute a shell commandSYSTEM_CLOCK
— Time functionTAN
— Tangent functionTANH
— Hyperbolic tangent functionTIME
— Time functionTIME8
— Time function (64-bit)TINY
— Smallest positive number of a real kindTRAILZ
— Number of trailing zero bits of an integerTRANSFER
— Transfer bit patternsTRANSPOSE
— Transpose an array of rank twoTRIM
— Remove trailing blank characters of a stringTTYNAM
— Get the name of a terminal device.UBOUND
— Upper dimension bounds of an arrayUMASK
— Set the file creation maskUNLINK
— Remove a file from the file systemUNPACK
— Unpack an array of rank one into an arrayVERIFY
— Scan a string for the absence of a set of charactersXOR
— Bitwise logical exclusive ORNext: Introduction, Up: (dir) [Contents][Index]
This manual documents the use of gfortran
,
the GNU Fortran compiler. You can find in this manual how to invoke
gfortran
, as well as its features and incompatibilities.
• Introduction: | ||
Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran | ||
---|---|---|
• Invoking GNU Fortran: | Command options supported by gfortran .
| |
• Runtime: | Influencing runtime behavior with environment variables. | |
Part II: Language Reference | ||
• Fortran 2003 and 2008 status: | Fortran 2003 and 2008 features supported by GNU Fortran. | |
• Compiler Characteristics: | User-visible implementation details. | |
• Mixed-Language Programming: | Interoperability with C | |
• Extensions: | Language extensions implemented by GNU Fortran. | |
• Intrinsic Procedures: | Intrinsic procedures supported by GNU Fortran. | |
• Intrinsic Modules: | Intrinsic modules supported by GNU Fortran. | |
• Contributing: | How you can help. | |
• Copying: | GNU General Public License says how you can copy and share GNU Fortran. | |
• GNU Free Documentation License: | How you can copy and share this manual. | |
• Funding: | How to help assure continued work for free software. | |
• Option Index: | Index of command line options | |
• Keyword Index: | Index of concepts |
Next: Invoking GNU Fortran, Previous: Top, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The GNU Fortran compiler front end was
designed initially as a free replacement for,
or alternative to, the unix f95
command;
gfortran
is the command you’ll use to invoke the compiler.
• About GNU Fortran: | What you should know about the GNU Fortran compiler. | |
• GNU Fortran and GCC: | You can compile Fortran, C, or other programs. | |
• Preprocessing and conditional compilation: | The Fortran preprocessor | |
• GNU Fortran and G77: | Why we chose to start from scratch. | |
• Project Status: | Status of GNU Fortran, roadmap, proposed extensions. | |
• Standards: | Standards supported by GNU Fortran. |
Next: GNU Fortran and GCC, Up: Introduction [Contents][Index]
The GNU Fortran compiler supports the Fortran 77, 90 and 95 standards completely, parts of the Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 standards, and several vendor extensions. The development goal is to provide the following features:
The compiler will also attempt to diagnose cases where the user’s program contains a correct usage of the language, but instructs the computer to do something questionable. This kind of diagnostics message is called a warning message.
gdb
).
The GNU Fortran compiler consists of several components:
gcc
command
(which also might be installed as the system’s cc
command)
that also understands and accepts Fortran source code.
The gcc
command is the driver program for
all the languages in the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC);
With gcc
,
you can compile the source code of any language for
which a front end is available in GCC.
gfortran
command itself,
which also might be installed as the
system’s f95
command.
gfortran
is just another driver program,
but specifically for the Fortran compiler only.
The difference with gcc
is that gfortran
will automatically link the correct libraries to your program.
gfortran
compilation phase,
such as intrinsic functions and subroutines,
and routines for interaction with files and the operating system.
f951
).
This is the GNU Fortran parser and code generator,
linked to and interfaced with the GCC backend library.
f951
“translates” the source code to
assembler code. You would typically not use this
program directly;
instead, the gcc
or gfortran
driver
programs will call it for you.
Next: Preprocessing and conditional compilation, Previous: About GNU Fortran, Up: Introduction [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran is a part of GCC, the GNU Compiler Collection. GCC consists of a collection of front ends for various languages, which translate the source code into a language-independent form called GENERIC. This is then processed by a common middle end which provides optimization, and then passed to one of a collection of back ends which generate code for different computer architectures and operating systems.
Functionally, this is implemented with a driver program (gcc
)
which provides the command-line interface for the compiler. It calls
the relevant compiler front-end program (e.g., f951
for
Fortran) for each file in the source code, and then calls the assembler
and linker as appropriate to produce the compiled output. In a copy of
GCC which has been compiled with Fortran language support enabled,
gcc
will recognize files with .f, .for, .ftn,
.f90, .f95, .f03 and .f08 extensions as
Fortran source code, and compile it accordingly. A gfortran
driver program is also provided, which is identical to gcc
except that it automatically links the Fortran runtime libraries into the
compiled program.
Source files with .f, .for, .fpp, .ftn, .F, .FOR, .FPP, and .FTN extensions are treated as fixed form. Source files with .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08, .F90, .F95, .F03 and .F08 extensions are treated as free form. The capitalized versions of either form are run through preprocessing. Source files with the lower case .fpp extension are also run through preprocessing.
This manual specifically documents the Fortran front end, which handles the programming language’s syntax and semantics. The aspects of GCC which relate to the optimization passes and the back-end code generation are documented in the GCC manual; see Introduction in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC). The two manuals together provide a complete reference for the GNU Fortran compiler.
Next: GNU Fortran and G77, Previous: GNU Fortran and GCC, Up: Introduction [Contents][Index]
Many Fortran compilers including GNU Fortran allow passing the source code
through a C preprocessor (CPP; sometimes also called the Fortran preprocessor,
FPP) to allow for conditional compilation. In the case of GNU Fortran,
this is the GNU C Preprocessor in the traditional mode. On systems with
case-preserving file names, the preprocessor is automatically invoked if the
filename extension is .F
, .FOR
, .FTN
, .fpp
,
.FPP
, .F90
, .F95
, .F03
or .F08
. To manually
invoke the preprocessor on any file, use -cpp, to disable
preprocessing on files where the preprocessor is run automatically, use
-nocpp.
If a preprocessed file includes another file with the Fortran INCLUDE
statement, the included file is not preprocessed. To preprocess included
files, use the equivalent preprocessor statement #include
.
If GNU Fortran invokes the preprocessor, __GFORTRAN__
is defined and __GNUC__
, __GNUC_MINOR__
and
__GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__
can be used to determine the version of the
compiler. See Overview in The C Preprocessor for details.
While CPP is the de-facto standard for preprocessing Fortran code, Part 3 of the Fortran 95 standard (ISO/IEC 1539-3:1998) defines Conditional Compilation, which is not widely used and not directly supported by the GNU Fortran compiler. You can use the program coco to preprocess such files (http://users.erols.com/dnagle/coco.html).
Next: Project Status, Previous: Preprocessing and conditional compilation, Up: Introduction [Contents][Index]
The GNU Fortran compiler is the successor to g77
, the Fortran
77 front end included in GCC prior to version 4. It is an entirely new
program that has been designed to provide Fortran 95 support and
extensibility for future Fortran language standards, as well as providing
backwards compatibility for Fortran 77 and nearly all of the GNU language
extensions supported by g77
.
Next: Standards, Previous: GNU Fortran and G77, Up: Introduction [Contents][Index]
As soon as
gfortran
can parse all of the statements correctly, it will be in the “larva” state. When we generate code, the “puppa” state. Whengfortran
is done, we’ll see if it will be a beautiful butterfly, or just a big bug....–Andy Vaught, April 2000
The start of the GNU Fortran 95 project was announced on the GCC homepage in March 18, 2000 (even though Andy had already been working on it for a while, of course).
The GNU Fortran compiler is able to compile nearly all standard-compliant Fortran 95, Fortran 90, and Fortran 77 programs, including a number of standard and non-standard extensions, and can be used on real-world programs. In particular, the supported extensions include OpenMP, Cray-style pointers, and several Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features such as enumeration, stream I/O, and some of the enhancements to allocatable array support from TR 15581. However, it is still under development and has a few remaining rough edges.
At present, the GNU Fortran compiler passes the NIST Fortran 77 Test Suite, and produces acceptable results on the LAPACK Test Suite. It also provides respectable performance on the Polyhedron Fortran compiler benchmarks and the Livermore Fortran Kernels test. It has been used to compile a number of large real-world programs, including the HIRLAM weather-forecasting code and the Tonto quantum chemistry package; see http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/GfortranApps for an extended list.
Among other things, the GNU Fortran compiler is intended as a replacement for G77. At this point, nearly all programs that could be compiled with G77 can be compiled with GNU Fortran, although there are a few minor known regressions.
The primary work remaining to be done on GNU Fortran falls into three categories: bug fixing (primarily regarding the treatment of invalid code and providing useful error messages), improving the compiler optimizations and the performance of compiled code, and extending the compiler to support future standards—in particular, Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008.
Previous: Project Status, Up: Introduction [Contents][Index]
• Varying Length Character Strings: |
The GNU Fortran compiler implements ISO/IEC 1539:1997 (Fortran 95). As such, it can also compile essentially all standard-compliant Fortran 90 and Fortran 77 programs. It also supports the ISO/IEC TR-15581 enhancements to allocatable arrays, and the OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5 specification.
In the future, the GNU Fortran compiler will also support ISO/IEC 1539-1:2004 (Fortran 2003) and future Fortran standards. Partial support of that standard is already provided; the current status of Fortran 2003 support is reported in the Fortran 2003 status section of the documentation.
The next version of the Fortran standard (Fortran 2008) is currently being developed and the GNU Fortran compiler supports some of its new features. This support is based on the latest draft of the standard (available from http://www.nag.co.uk/sc22wg5/) and no guarantee of future compatibility is made, as the final standard might differ from the draft. For more information, see the Fortran 2008 status section.
Additionally, the GNU Fortran compilers supports the OpenMP specification (version 3.0, http://openmp.org/wp/openmp-specifications/).
The Fortran 95 standard specifies in Part 2 (ISO/IEC 1539-2:2000) varying length character strings. While GNU Fortran currently does not support such strings directly, there exist two Fortran implementations for them, which work with GNU Fortran. They can be found at http://www.fortran.com/iso_varying_string.f95 and at ftp://ftp.nag.co.uk/sc22wg5/ISO_VARYING_STRING/.
Next: Runtime, Previous: Introduction, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The gfortran
command supports all the options supported by the
gcc
command. Only options specific to GNU Fortran are documented here.
See GCC Command Options in Using the GNU Compiler
Collection (GCC), for information
on the non-Fortran-specific aspects of the gcc
command (and,
therefore, the gfortran
command).
All GCC and GNU Fortran options
are accepted both by gfortran
and by gcc
(as well as any other drivers built at the same time,
such as g++
),
since adding GNU Fortran to the GCC distribution
enables acceptance of GNU Fortran options
by all of the relevant drivers.
In some cases, options have positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. This manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
• Option Summary: | Brief list of all gfortran options,
without explanations.
| |
• Fortran Dialect Options: | Controlling the variant of Fortran language compiled. | |
• Preprocessing Options: | Enable and customize preprocessing. | |
• Error and Warning Options: | How picky should the compiler be? | |
• Debugging Options: | Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps. | |
• Directory Options: | Where to find module files | |
• Link Options : | Influencing the linking step | |
• Runtime Options: | Influencing runtime behavior | |
• Code Gen Options: | Specifying conventions for function calls, data layout and register usage. | |
• Environment Variables: | Environment variables that affect gfortran .
|
Next: Fortran Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
Here is a summary of all the options specific to GNU Fortran, grouped by type. Explanations are in the following sections.
See Options controlling Fortran dialect.
-fall-intrinsics -ffree-form -fno-fixed-form -fdollar-ok -fimplicit-none -fmax-identifier-length -std=std -fd-lines-as-code -fd-lines-as-comments -ffixed-line-length-n -ffixed-line-length-none -ffree-line-length-n -ffree-line-length-none -fdefault-double-8 -fdefault-integer-8 -fdefault-real-8 -fcray-pointer -fopenmp -fno-range-check -fbackslash -fmodule-private
See Enable and customize preprocessing.
-cpp -dD -dI -dM -dN -dU -fworking-directory -imultilib dir -iprefix file -isysroot dir -iquote -isystem dir -nocpp -nostdinc -undef -Aquestion=answer -A-question[=answer] -C -CC -Dmacro[=defn] -Umacro -H -P
See Options to request or suppress errors and warnings.
-fmax-errors=n -fsyntax-only -pedantic -pedantic-errors -Wall -Waliasing -Wampersand -Warray-bounds -Wcharacter-truncation -Wconversion -Wimplicit-interface -Wimplicit-procedure -Wline-truncation -Wintrinsics-std -Wsurprising -Wno-tabs -Wunderflow -Wunused-parameter -Wintrinsics-shadow -Wno-align-commons
See Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran.
-fdump-parse-tree -ffpe-trap=list -fdump-core -fbacktrace
See Options for directory search.
-Idir -Jdir -fintrinsic-modules-path dir
See Options for influencing the linking step.
-static-libgfortran
See Options for influencing runtime behavior.
-fconvert=conversion -fno-range-check -frecord-marker=length -fmax-subrecord-length=length -fsign-zero
See Options for code generation conventions.
-fno-automatic -ff2c -fno-underscoring -fwhole-file -fsecond-underscore -fbounds-check -fcheck-array-temporaries -fmax-array-constructor =n -fcheck=<all|array-temps|bounds|do|mem|pointer|recursion> -fmax-stack-var-size=n -fpack-derived -frepack-arrays -fshort-enums -fexternal-blas -fblas-matmul-limit=n -frecursive -finit-local-zero -finit-integer=n -finit-real=<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan> -finit-logical=<true|false> -finit-character=n -fno-align-commons -fno-protect-parens
• Fortran Dialect Options: | Controlling the variant of Fortran language compiled. | |
• Preprocessing Options: | Enable and customize preprocessing. | |
• Error and Warning Options: | How picky should the compiler be? | |
• Debugging Options: | Symbol tables, measurements, and debugging dumps. | |
• Directory Options: | Where to find module files | |
• Link Options : | Influencing the linking step | |
• Runtime Options: | Influencing runtime behavior | |
• Code Gen Options: | Specifying conventions for function calls, data layout and register usage. |
Next: Preprocessing Options, Previous: Option Summary, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
The following options control the details of the Fortran dialect accepted by the compiler:
-ffree-form
-ffixed-form
Specify the layout used by the source file. The free form layout was introduced in Fortran 90. Fixed form was traditionally used in older Fortran programs. When neither option is specified, the source form is determined by the file extension.
-fall-intrinsics
This option causes all intrinsic procedures (including the GNU-specific
extensions) to be accepted. This can be useful with -std=f95 to
force standard-compliance but get access to the full range of intrinsics
available with gfortran
. As a consequence, -Wintrinsics-std
will be ignored and no user-defined procedure with the same name as any
intrinsic will be called except when it is explicitly declared EXTERNAL
.
-fd-lines-as-code
-fd-lines-as-comments
Enable special treatment for lines beginning with d
or D
in fixed form sources. If the -fd-lines-as-code option is
given they are treated as if the first column contained a blank. If the
-fd-lines-as-comments option is given, they are treated as
comment lines.
-fdefault-double-8
Set the DOUBLE PRECISION
type to an 8 byte wide type. If
-fdefault-real-8 is given, DOUBLE PRECISION
would
instead be promoted to 16 bytes if possible, and -fdefault-double-8
can be used to prevent this. The kind of real constants like 1.d0
will
not be changed by -fdefault-real-8 though, so also
-fdefault-double-8 does not affect it.
-fdefault-integer-8
Set the default integer and logical types to an 8 byte wide type.
Do nothing if this is already the default. This option also affects
the kind of integer constants like 42
.
-fdefault-real-8
Set the default real type to an 8 byte wide type.
Do nothing if this is already the default. This option also affects
the kind of non-double real constants like 1.0
, and does promote
the default width of DOUBLE PRECISION
to 16 bytes if possible, unless
-fdefault-double-8
is given, too.
-fdollar-ok
Allow ‘$’ as a valid non-first character in a symbol name. Symbols
that start with ‘$’ are rejected since it is unclear which rules to
apply to implicit typing as different vendors implement different rules.
Using ‘$’ in IMPLICIT
statements is also rejected.
-fbackslash
Change the interpretation of backslashes in string literals from a single
backslash character to “C-style” escape characters. The following
combinations are expanded \a
, \b
, \f
, \n
,
\r
, \t
, \v
, \\
, and \0
to the ASCII
characters alert, backspace, form feed, newline, carriage return,
horizontal tab, vertical tab, backslash, and NUL, respectively.
Additionally, \x
nn, \u
nnnn and
\U
nnnnnnnn (where each n is a hexadecimal digit) are
translated into the Unicode characters corresponding to the specified code
points. All other combinations of a character preceded by \ are
unexpanded.
-fmodule-private
Set the default accessibility of module entities to PRIVATE
.
Use-associated entities will not be accessible unless they are explicitly
declared as PUBLIC
.
-ffixed-line-length-n
Set column after which characters are ignored in typical fixed-form lines in the source file, and through which spaces are assumed (as if padded to that length) after the ends of short fixed-form lines.
Popular values for n include 72 (the standard and the default), 80 (card image), and 132 (corresponding to “extended-source” options in some popular compilers). n may also be ‘none’, meaning that the entire line is meaningful and that continued character constants never have implicit spaces appended to them to fill out the line. -ffixed-line-length-0 means the same thing as -ffixed-line-length-none.
-ffree-line-length-n
Set column after which characters are ignored in typical free-form lines in the source file. The default value is 132. n may be ‘none’, meaning that the entire line is meaningful. -ffree-line-length-0 means the same thing as -ffree-line-length-none.
-fmax-identifier-length=n
Specify the maximum allowed identifier length. Typical values are 31 (Fortran 95) and 63 (Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008).
-fimplicit-none
Specify that no implicit typing is allowed, unless overridden by explicit
IMPLICIT
statements. This is the equivalent of adding
implicit none
to the start of every procedure.
-fcray-pointer
Enable the Cray pointer extension, which provides C-like pointer functionality.
-fopenmp
Enable the OpenMP extensions. This includes OpenMP !$omp
directives
in free form
and c$omp
, *$omp
and !$omp
directives in fixed form,
!$
conditional compilation sentinels in free form
and c$
, *$
and !$
sentinels in fixed form,
and when linking arranges for the OpenMP runtime library to be linked
in. The option -fopenmp implies -frecursive.
-fno-range-check
Disable range checking on results of simplification of constant
expressions during compilation. For example, GNU Fortran will give
an error at compile time when simplifying a = 1. / 0
.
With this option, no error will be given and a
will be assigned
the value +Infinity
. If an expression evaluates to a value
outside of the relevant range of [-HUGE()
:HUGE()
],
then the expression will be replaced by -Inf
or +Inf
as appropriate.
Similarly, DATA i/Z'FFFFFFFF'/
will result in an integer overflow
on most systems, but with -fno-range-check the value will
“wrap around” and i
will be initialized to -1 instead.
-std=std
Specify the standard to which the program is expected to conform, which may be one of ‘f95’, ‘f2003’, ‘f2008’, ‘gnu’, or ‘legacy’. The default value for std is ‘gnu’, which specifies a superset of the Fortran 95 standard that includes all of the extensions supported by GNU Fortran, although warnings will be given for obsolete extensions not recommended for use in new code. The ‘legacy’ value is equivalent but without the warnings for obsolete extensions, and may be useful for old non-standard programs. The ‘f95’, ‘f2003’ and ‘f2008’ values specify strict conformance to the Fortran 95, Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 standards, respectively; errors are given for all extensions beyond the relevant language standard, and warnings are given for the Fortran 77 features that are permitted but obsolescent in later standards.
Next: Error and Warning Options, Previous: Fortran Dialect Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
Preprocessor related options. See section
Preprocessing and conditional compilation for more detailed
information on preprocessing in gfortran
.
-cpp
-nocpp
Enable preprocessing. The preprocessor is automatically invoked if the file extension is .fpp, .FPP, .F, .FOR, .FTN, .F90, .F95, .F03 or .F08. Use this option to manually enable preprocessing of any kind of Fortran file.
To disable preprocessing of files with any of the above listed extensions, use the negative form: -nocpp.
The preprocessor is run in traditional mode, be aware that any restrictions of the file-format, e.g. fixed-form line width, apply for preprocessed output as well.
-dM
Instead of the normal output, generate a list of '#define'
directives for all the macros defined during the execution of the
preprocessor, including predefined macros. This gives you a way
of finding out what is predefined in your version of the preprocessor.
Assuming you have no file foo.f90, the command
touch foo.f90; gfortran -cpp -dM foo.f90
will show all the predefined macros.
-dD
Like -dM except in two respects: it does not include the
predefined macros, and it outputs both the #define
directives
and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to the
standard output file.
-dN
Like -dD, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions.
-dU
Like dD except that only macros that are expanded, or whose
definedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the
output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and '#undef'
directives are also output for macros tested but undefined at the time.
-dI
Output '#include'
directives in addition to the result
of preprocessing.
-fworking-directory
Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will
let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of
preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will emit,
after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the current
working directory followed by two slashes. GCC will use this directory,
when it’s present in the preprocessed input, as the directory emitted
as the current working directory in some debugging information formats.
This option is implicitly enabled if debugging information is enabled,
but this can be inhibited with the negated form
-fno-working-directory. If the -P flag is present
in the command line, this option has no effect, since no #line
directives are emitted whatsoever.
-idirafter dir
Search dir for include files, but do it after all directories
specified with -I and the standard system directories have
been exhausted. dir is treated as a system include directory.
If dir begins with =
, then the =
will be replaced by
the sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-imultilib dir
Use dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-specific C++ headers.
-iprefix prefix
Specify prefix as the prefix for subsequent -iwithprefix
options. If the prefix represents a directory, you should include
the final '/'
.
-isysroot dir
This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to header files. See the --sysroot option for more information.
-iquote dir
Search dir only for header files requested with #include "file"
;
they are not searched for #include <file>
, before all directories
specified by -I and before the standard system directories. If
dir begins with =
, then the =
will be replaced by the
sysroot prefix; see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-isystem dir
Search dir for header files, after all directories specified by
-I but before the standard system directories. Mark it as a
system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as is
applied to the standard system directories. If dir begins with
=
, then the =
will be replaced by the sysroot prefix;
see --sysroot and -isysroot.
-nostdinc
Do not search the standard system directories for header files. Only the directories you have specified with -I options (and the directory of the current file, if appropriate) are searched.
-undef
Do not predefine any system-specific or GCC-specific macros. The standard predefined macros remain defined.
-Apredicate=answer
Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer. This form is preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer), which is still supported, because it does not use shell special characters.
-A-predicate=answer
Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer.
-C
Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output file, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted along with the directive.
You should be prepared for side effects when using -C; it causes
the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right. For example,
comments appearing at the start of what would be a directive line have the
effect of turning that line into an ordinary source line, since the first
token on the line is no longer a '#'
.
Warning: this currently handles C-Style comments only. The preprocessor does not yet recognize Fortran-style comments.
-CC
Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is like -C, except that comments contained within macros are also passed through to the output file where the macro is expanded.
In addition to the side-effects of the -C option, the -CC option causes all C++-style comments inside a macro to be converted to C-style comments. This is to prevent later use of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source line. The -CC option is generally used to support lint comments.
Warning: this currently handles C- and C++-Style comments only. The preprocessor does not yet recognize Fortran-style comments.
-Dname
Predefine name as a macro, with definition 1
.
-Dname=definition
The contents of definition are tokenized and processed as if they
appeared during translation phase three in a '#define'
directive.
In particular, the definition will be truncated by embedded newline
characters.
If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like program you may need to use the shell’s quoting syntax to protect characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax.
If you wish to define a function-like macro on the command line, write
its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign
(if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need
to quote the option. With sh and csh, -D'name(args...)=definition'
works.
-D and -U options are processed in the order they are given on the command line. All -imacros file and -include file options are processed after all -D and -U options.
-H
Print the name of each header file used, in addition to other normal
activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the '#include'
stack it is.
-P
Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor. This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the linemarkers.
-Uname
Cancel any previous definition of name, either built in or provided with a -D option.
Next: Debugging Options, Previous: Preprocessing Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
Errors are diagnostic messages that report that the GNU Fortran compiler cannot compile the relevant piece of source code. The compiler will continue to process the program in an attempt to report further errors to aid in debugging, but will not produce any compiled output.
Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there is likely to be a bug in the program. Unless -Werror is specified, they do not prevent compilation of the program.
You can request many specific warnings with options beginning -W, for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit declarations. Each of these specific warning options also has a negative form beginning -Wno- to turn off warnings; for example, -Wno-implicit. This manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default.
These options control the amount and kinds of errors and warnings produced by GNU Fortran:
-fmax-errors=n
Limits the maximum number of error messages to n, at which point GNU Fortran bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If n is 0, there is no limit on the number of error messages produced.
-fsyntax-only
Check the code for syntax errors, but don’t actually compile it. This will generate module files for each module present in the code, but no other output file.
-pedantic
Issue warnings for uses of extensions to Fortran 95.
-pedantic also applies to C-language constructs where they
occur in GNU Fortran source files, such as use of ‘\e’ in a
character constant within a directive like #include
.
Valid Fortran 95 programs should compile properly with or without this option. However, without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional Fortran features are supported as well. With this option, many of them are rejected.
Some users try to use -pedantic to check programs for conformance. They soon find that it does not do quite what they want—it finds some nonstandard practices, but not all. However, improvements to GNU Fortran in this area are welcome.
This should be used in conjunction with -std=f95, -std=f2003 or -std=f2008.
-pedantic-errors
Like -pedantic, except that errors are produced rather than warnings.
-Wall
Enables commonly used warning options pertaining to usage that we recommend avoiding and that we believe are easy to avoid. This currently includes -Waliasing, -Wampersand, -Wsurprising, -Wintrinsics-std, -Wno-tabs, -Wintrinsic-shadow and -Wline-truncation.
-Waliasing
Warn about possible aliasing of dummy arguments. Specifically, it warns
if the same actual argument is associated with a dummy argument with
INTENT(IN)
and a dummy argument with INTENT(OUT)
in a call
with an explicit interface.
The following example will trigger the warning.
interface subroutine bar(a,b) integer, intent(in) :: a integer, intent(out) :: b end subroutine end interface integer :: a call bar(a,a)
-Wampersand
Warn about missing ampersand in continued character constants. The warning is given with -Wampersand, -pedantic, -std=f95, -std=f2003 and -std=f2008. Note: With no ampersand given in a continued character constant, GNU Fortran assumes continuation at the first non-comment, non-whitespace character after the ampersand that initiated the continuation.
-Warray-temporaries
Warn about array temporaries generated by the compiler. The information generated by this warning is sometimes useful in optimization, in order to avoid such temporaries.
-Wcharacter-truncation
Warn when a character assignment will truncate the assigned string.
-Wline-truncation
Warn when a source code line will be truncated.
-Wconversion
Warn about implicit conversions between different types.
-Wimplicit-interface
Warn if a procedure is called without an explicit interface. Note this only checks that an explicit interface is present. It does not check that the declared interfaces are consistent across program units.
-Wimplicit-procedure
Warn if a procedure is called that has neither an explicit interface
nor has been declared as EXTERNAL
.
-Wintrinsics-std
Warn if gfortran
finds a procedure named like an intrinsic not
available in the currently selected standard (with -std) and treats
it as EXTERNAL
procedure because of this. -fall-intrinsics can
be used to never trigger this behavior and always link to the intrinsic
regardless of the selected standard.
-Wsurprising
Produce a warning when “suspicious” code constructs are encountered. While technically legal these usually indicate that an error has been made.
This currently produces a warning under the following circumstances:
CHARACTER
variable is declared with negative length.
-Wtabs
By default, tabs are accepted as whitespace, but tabs are not members of the Fortran Character Set. For continuation lines, a tab followed by a digit between 1 and 9 is supported. -Wno-tabs will cause a warning to be issued if a tab is encountered. Note, -Wno-tabs is active for -pedantic, -std=f95, -std=f2003, -std=f2008 and -Wall.
-Wunderflow
Produce a warning when numerical constant expressions are encountered, which yield an UNDERFLOW during compilation.
-Wintrinsic-shadow
Warn if a user-defined procedure or module procedure has the same name as an
intrinsic; in this case, an explicit interface or EXTERNAL
or
INTRINSIC
declaration might be needed to get calls later resolved to
the desired intrinsic/procedure.
-Wunused-parameter
Contrary to gcc
’s meaning of -Wunused-parameter,
gfortran
’s implementation of this option does not warn
about unused dummy arguments, but about unused PARAMETER
values.
-Wunused-parameter is not included in -Wall but is
implied by -Wall -Wextra.
-Walign-commons
By default, gfortran
warns about any occasion of variables being
padded for proper alignment inside a COMMON block. This warning can be turned
off via -Wno-align-commons. See also -falign-commons.
-Werror
Turns all warnings into errors.
See Options to Request or Suppress Errors and
Warnings in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on
more options offered by the GBE shared by gfortran
, gcc
and other GNU compilers.
Some of these have no effect when compiling programs written in Fortran.
Next: Directory Options, Previous: Error and Warning Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran has various special options that are used for debugging either your program or the GNU Fortran compiler.
-fdump-parse-tree
Output the internal parse tree before starting code generation. Only really useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself.
-ffpe-trap=list
Specify a list of IEEE exceptions when a Floating Point Exception
(FPE) should be raised. On most systems, this will result in a SIGFPE
signal being sent and the program being interrupted, producing a core
file useful for debugging. list is a (possibly empty) comma-separated
list of the following IEEE exceptions: ‘invalid’ (invalid floating
point operation, such as SQRT(-1.0)
), ‘zero’ (division by
zero), ‘overflow’ (overflow in a floating point operation),
‘underflow’ (underflow in a floating point operation),
‘precision’ (loss of precision during operation) and ‘denormal’
(operation produced a denormal value).
Some of the routines in the Fortran runtime library, like
‘CPU_TIME’, are likely to trigger floating point exceptions when
ffpe-trap=precision
is used. For this reason, the use of
ffpe-trap=precision
is not recommended.
-fbacktrace
Specify that, when a runtime error is encountered or a deadly signal is emitted (segmentation fault, illegal instruction, bus error or floating-point exception), the Fortran runtime library should output a backtrace of the error. This option only has influence for compilation of the Fortran main program.
-fdump-core
Request that a core-dump file is written to disk when a runtime error is encountered on systems that support core dumps. This option is only effective for the compilation of the Fortran main program.
See Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for more information on debugging options.
Next: Link Options, Previous: Debugging Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
These options affect how GNU Fortran searches
for files specified by the INCLUDE
directive and where it searches
for previously compiled modules.
It also affects the search paths used by cpp
when used to preprocess
Fortran source.
-Idir
These affect interpretation of the INCLUDE
directive
(as well as of the #include
directive of the cpp
preprocessor).
Also note that the general behavior of -I and
INCLUDE
is pretty much the same as of -I with
#include
in the cpp
preprocessor, with regard to
looking for header.gcc files and other such things.
This path is also used to search for .mod files when previously
compiled modules are required by a USE
statement.
See Options for Directory Search in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on the -I option.
-Jdir
This option specifies where to put .mod files for compiled modules.
It is also added to the list of directories to searched by an USE
statement.
The default is the current directory.
-fintrinsic-modules-path dir
This option specifies the location of pre-compiled intrinsic modules, if they are not in the default location expected by the compiler.
Next: Runtime Options, Previous: Directory Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
These options come into play when the compiler links object files into an executable output file. They are meaningless if the compiler is not doing a link step.
-static-libgfortran
On systems that provide libgfortran as a shared and a static library, this option forces the use of the static version. If no shared version of libgfortran was built when the compiler was configured, this option has no effect.
Next: Code Gen Options, Previous: Link Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
These options affect the runtime behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran.
-fconvert=conversion
Specify the representation of data for unformatted files. Valid values for conversion are: ‘native’, the default; ‘swap’, swap between big- and little-endian; ‘big-endian’, use big-endian representation for unformatted files; ‘little-endian’, use little-endian representation for unformatted files.
This option has an effect only when used in the main program.
The CONVERT
specifier and the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment
variable override the default specified by -fconvert.
-fno-range-check
Disable range checking of input values during integer READ
operations.
For example, GNU Fortran will give an error if an input value is
outside of the relevant range of [-HUGE()
:HUGE()
]. In other words,
with INTEGER (kind=4) :: i
, attempting to read -2147483648 will
give an error unless -fno-range-check is given.
-frecord-marker=length
Specify the length of record markers for unformatted files.
Valid values for length are 4 and 8. Default is 4.
This is different from previous versions of gfortran
,
which specified a default record marker length of 8 on most
systems. If you want to read or write files compatible
with earlier versions of gfortran
, use -frecord-marker=8.
-fmax-subrecord-length=length
Specify the maximum length for a subrecord. The maximum permitted value for length is 2147483639, which is also the default. Only really useful for use by the gfortran testsuite.
-fsign-zero
When enabled, floating point numbers of value zero with the sign bit set
are written as negative number in formatted output and treated as
negative in the SIGN
intrinsic. fno-sign-zero
does not
print the negative sign of zero values and regards zero as positive
number in the SIGN
intrinsic for compatibility with F77.
Default behavior is to show the negative sign.
Next: Environment Variables, Previous: Runtime Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
These machine-independent options control the interface conventions used in code generation.
Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. In the table below, only one of the forms is listed—the one which is not the default. You can figure out the other form by either removing no- or adding it.
-fno-automatic
Treat each program unit (except those marked as RECURSIVE) as if the
SAVE
statement were specified for every local variable and array
referenced in it. Does not affect common blocks. (Some Fortran compilers
provide this option under the name -static or -save.)
The default, which is -fautomatic, uses the stack for local
variables smaller than the value given by -fmax-stack-var-size.
Use the option -frecursive to use no static memory.
-ff2c
Generate code designed to be compatible with code generated
by g77
and f2c
.
The calling conventions used by g77
(originally implemented
in f2c
) require functions that return type
default REAL
to actually return the C type double
, and
functions that return type COMPLEX
to return the values via an
extra argument in the calling sequence that points to where to
store the return value. Under the default GNU calling conventions, such
functions simply return their results as they would in GNU
C—default REAL
functions return the C type float
, and
COMPLEX
functions return the GNU C type complex
.
Additionally, this option implies the -fsecond-underscore
option, unless -fno-second-underscore is explicitly requested.
This does not affect the generation of code that interfaces with
the libgfortran
library.
Caution: It is not a good idea to mix Fortran code compiled with
-ff2c with code compiled with the default -fno-f2c
calling conventions as, calling COMPLEX
or default REAL
functions between program parts which were compiled with different
calling conventions will break at execution time.
Caution: This will break code which passes intrinsic functions
of type default REAL
or COMPLEX
as actual arguments, as
the library implementations use the -fno-f2c calling conventions.
-fno-underscoring
Do not transform names of entities specified in the Fortran source file by appending underscores to them.
With -funderscoring in effect, GNU Fortran appends one underscore to external names with no underscores. This is done to ensure compatibility with code produced by many UNIX Fortran compilers.
Caution: The default behavior of GNU Fortran is
incompatible with f2c
and g77
, please use the
-ff2c option if you want object files compiled with
GNU Fortran to be compatible with object code created with these
tools.
Use of -fno-underscoring is not recommended unless you are experimenting with issues such as integration of GNU Fortran into existing system environments (vis-à-vis existing libraries, tools, and so on).
For example, with -funderscoring, and assuming other defaults like
-fcase-lower and that j()
and max_count()
are
external functions while my_var
and lvar
are local variables,
a statement like
I = J() + MAX_COUNT (MY_VAR, LVAR)
is implemented as something akin to:
i = j_() + max_count__(&my_var__, &lvar);
With -fno-underscoring, the same statement is implemented as:
i = j() + max_count(&my_var, &lvar);
Use of -fno-underscoring allows direct specification of user-defined names while debugging and when interfacing GNU Fortran code with other languages.
Note that just because the names match does not mean that the interface implemented by GNU Fortran for an external name matches the interface implemented by some other language for that same name. That is, getting code produced by GNU Fortran to link to code produced by some other compiler using this or any other method can be only a small part of the overall solution—getting the code generated by both compilers to agree on issues other than naming can require significant effort, and, unlike naming disagreements, linkers normally cannot detect disagreements in these other areas.
Also, note that with -fno-underscoring, the lack of appended underscores introduces the very real possibility that a user-defined external name will conflict with a name in a system library, which could make finding unresolved-reference bugs quite difficult in some cases—they might occur at program run time, and show up only as buggy behavior at run time.
In future versions of GNU Fortran we hope to improve naming and linking issues so that debugging always involves using the names as they appear in the source, even if the names as seen by the linker are mangled to prevent accidental linking between procedures with incompatible interfaces.
-fwhole-file
By default, GNU Fortran parses, resolves and translates each procedure in a file separately. Using this option modifies this such that the whole file is parsed and placed in a single front-end tree. During resolution, in addition to all the usual checks and fixups, references to external procedures that are in the same file effect resolution of that procedure, if not already done, and a check of the interfaces. The dependences are resolved by changing the order in which the file is translated into the backend tree. Thus, a procedure that is referenced is translated before the reference and the duplication of backend tree declarations eliminated.
-fsecond-underscore
By default, GNU Fortran appends an underscore to external names. If this option is used GNU Fortran appends two underscores to names with underscores and one underscore to external names with no underscores. GNU Fortran also appends two underscores to internal names with underscores to avoid naming collisions with external names.
This option has no effect if -fno-underscoring is in effect. It is implied by the -ff2c option.
Otherwise, with this option, an external name such as MAX_COUNT
is implemented as a reference to the link-time external symbol
max_count__
, instead of max_count_
. This is required
for compatibility with g77
and f2c
, and is implied
by use of the -ff2c option.
-fcheck=<keyword>
Enable the generation of run-time checks; the argument shall be a comma-delimited list of the following keywords.
Enable all run-time test of -fcheck.
Warns at run time when for passing an actual argument a temporary array had to be generated. The information generated by this warning is sometimes useful in optimization, in order to avoid such temporaries.
Note: The warning is only printed once per location.
Enable generation of run-time checks for array subscripts and against the declared minimum and maximum values. It also checks array indices for assumed and deferred shape arrays against the actual allocated bounds and ensures that all string lengths are equal for character array constructors without an explicit typespec.
Some checks require that -fcheck=bounds is set for the compilation of the main program.
Note: In the future this may also include other forms of checking, e.g., checking substring references.
Enable generation of run-time checks for invalid modification of loop iteration variables.
Enable generation of run-time checks for memory allocation.
Note: This option does not affect explicit allocations using the
ALLOCATE
statement, which will be always checked.
Enable generation of run-time checks for pointers and allocatables.
Enable generation of run-time checks for recursively called subroutines and functions which are not marked as recursive. See also -frecursive. Note: This check does not work for OpenMP programs and is disabled if used together with -frecursive and -fopenmp.
-fbounds-check
Deprecated alias for -fcheck=bounds.
-fcheck-array-temporaries
Deprecated alias for -fcheck=array-temps.
-fmax-array-constructor=n
This option can be used to increase the upper limit permitted in array constructors. The code below requires this option to expand the array at compile time.
program test
implicit none
integer j
integer, parameter :: n = 100000
integer, parameter :: i(n) = (/ (2*j, j = 1, n) /)
print '(10(I0,1X))', i
end program test
Caution: This option can lead to long compile times and excessively large object files.
The default value for n is 65535.
-fmax-stack-var-size=n
This option specifies the size in bytes of the largest array that will be put on the stack; if the size is exceeded static memory is used (except in procedures marked as RECURSIVE). Use the option -frecursive to allow for recursive procedures which do not have a RECURSIVE attribute or for parallel programs. Use -fno-automatic to never use the stack.
This option currently only affects local arrays declared with constant bounds, and may not apply to all character variables. Future versions of GNU Fortran may improve this behavior.
The default value for n is 32768.
-fpack-derived
This option tells GNU Fortran to pack derived type members as closely as possible. Code compiled with this option is likely to be incompatible with code compiled without this option, and may execute slower.
-frepack-arrays
In some circumstances GNU Fortran may pass assumed shape array sections via a descriptor describing a noncontiguous area of memory. This option adds code to the function prologue to repack the data into a contiguous block at runtime.
This should result in faster accesses to the array. However it can introduce significant overhead to the function call, especially when the passed data is noncontiguous.
-fshort-enums
This option is provided for interoperability with C code that was
compiled with the -fshort-enums option. It will make
GNU Fortran choose the smallest INTEGER
kind a given
enumerator set will fit in, and give all its enumerators this kind.
-fexternal-blas
This option will make gfortran
generate calls to BLAS functions
for some matrix operations like MATMUL
, instead of using our own
algorithms, if the size of the matrices involved is larger than a given
limit (see -fblas-matmul-limit). This may be profitable if an
optimized vendor BLAS library is available. The BLAS library will have
to be specified at link time.
-fblas-matmul-limit=n
Only significant when -fexternal-blas is in effect.
Matrix multiplication of matrices with size larger than (or equal to) n
will be performed by calls to BLAS functions, while others will be
handled by gfortran
internal algorithms. If the matrices
involved are not square, the size comparison is performed using the
geometric mean of the dimensions of the argument and result matrices.
The default value for n is 30.
-frecursive
Allow indirect recursion by forcing all local arrays to be allocated on the stack. This flag cannot be used together with -fmax-stack-var-size= or -fno-automatic.
-finit-local-zero
-finit-integer=n
-finit-real=<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan>
-finit-logical=<true|false>
-finit-character=n
The -finit-local-zero option instructs the compiler to
initialize local INTEGER
, REAL
, and COMPLEX
variables to zero, LOGICAL
variables to false, and
CHARACTER
variables to a string of null bytes. Finer-grained
initialization options are provided by the
-finit-integer=n,
-finit-real=<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan> (which also initializes
the real and imaginary parts of local COMPLEX
variables),
-finit-logical=<true|false>, and
-finit-character=n (where n is an ASCII character
value) options. These options do not initialize components of derived
type variables, nor do they initialize variables that appear in an
EQUIVALENCE
statement. (This limitation may be removed in
future releases).
Note that the -finit-real=nan option initializes REAL
and COMPLEX
variables with a quiet NaN. For a signalling NaN
use -finit-real=snan; note, however, that compile-time
optimizations may convert them into quiet NaN and that trapping
needs to be enabled (e.g. via -ffpe-trap).
-falign-commons
By default, gfortran
enforces proper alignment of all variables in a
COMMON block by padding them as needed. On certain platforms this is mandatory,
on others it increases performance. If a COMMON block is not declared with
consistent data types everywhere, this padding can cause trouble, and
-fno-align-commons can be used to disable automatic alignment. The
same form of this option should be used for all files that share a COMMON block.
To avoid potential alignment issues in COMMON blocks, it is recommended to order
objects from largests to smallest.
-fno-protect-parens
By default the parentheses in expression are honored for all optimization levels such that the compiler does not do any re-association. Using -fno-protect-parens allows the compiler to reorder REAL and COMPLEX expressions to produce faster code. Note that for the re-association optimization -fno-signed-zeros and -fno-trapping-math need to be in effect.
See Options for Code Generation Conventions in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on more options
offered by the GBE
shared by gfortran
, gcc
, and other GNU compilers.
Previous: Code Gen Options, Up: Invoking GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
gfortran
The gfortran
compiler currently does not make use of any environment
variables to control its operation above and beyond those
that affect the operation of gcc
.
See Environment Variables Affecting GCC in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on environment variables.
See Runtime, for environment variables that affect the run-time behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran.
Next: Fortran 2003 and 2008 status, Previous: Invoking GNU Fortran, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The behavior of the gfortran
can be influenced by
environment variables.
Malformed environment variables are silently ignored.
• GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT: | Unit number for standard input | |
• GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT: | Unit number for standard output | |
• GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT: | Unit number for standard error | |
• GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR: | Send library output to standard error | |
• GFORTRAN_TMPDIR: | Directory for scratch files | |
• GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL: | Don’t buffer I/O for all units. | |
• GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED: | Don’t buffer I/O for preconnected units. | |
• GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS: | Show location for runtime errors | |
• GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS: | Print leading + where permitted | |
• GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL: | Default record length for new files | |
• GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR: | Separator for list output | |
• GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT: | Set endianness for unformatted I/O | |
• GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE: | Dump core on run-time errors | |
• GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACE: | Show backtrace on run-time errors |
Next: GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT
—Unit number for standard inputThis environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard input. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 5.
Next: GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT, Previous: GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNIT, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT
—Unit number for standard outputThis environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard output. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 6.
Next: GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR, Previous: GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNIT, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT
—Unit number for standard errorThis environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard error. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 0.
Next: GFORTRAN_TMPDIR, Previous: GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNIT, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR
—Send library output to standard errorThis environment variable controls where library output is sent. If the first letter is ‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’, standard error is used. If the first letter is ‘n’, ‘N’ or ‘0’, standard output is used.
Next: GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL, Previous: GFORTRAN_USE_STDERR, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_TMPDIR
—Directory for scratch filesThis environment variable controls where scratch files are
created. If this environment variable is missing,
GNU Fortran searches for the environment variable TMP
. If
this is also missing, the default is /tmp.
Next: GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED, Previous: GFORTRAN_TMPDIR, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL
—Don’t buffer I/O on all unitsThis environment variable controls whether all I/O is unbuffered. If the first letter is ‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’, all I/O is unbuffered. This will slow down small sequential reads and writes. If the first letter is ‘n’, ‘N’ or ‘0’, I/O is buffered. This is the default.
Next: GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS, Previous: GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALL, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED
—Don’t buffer I/O on preconnected unitsThe environment variable named GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED
controls
whether I/O on a preconnected unit (i.e. STDOUT or STDERR) is unbuffered. If
the first letter is ‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’, I/O is unbuffered. This
will slow down small sequential reads and writes. If the first letter
is ‘n’, ‘N’ or ‘0’, I/O is buffered. This is the default.
Next: GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS, Previous: GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS
—Show location for runtime errorsIf the first letter is ‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’, filename and line numbers for runtime errors are printed. If the first letter is ‘n’, ‘N’ or ‘0’, don’t print filename and line numbers for runtime errors. The default is to print the location.
Next: GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL, Previous: GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUS, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS
—Print leading + where permittedIf the first letter is ‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’, a plus sign is printed where permitted by the Fortran standard. If the first letter is ‘n’, ‘N’ or ‘0’, a plus sign is not printed in most cases. Default is not to print plus signs.
Next: GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR, Previous: GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUS, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL
—Default record length for new filesThis environment variable specifies the default record length, in
bytes, for files which are opened without a RECL
tag in the
OPEN
statement. This must be a positive integer. The
default value is 1073741824 bytes (1 GB).
Next: GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT, Previous: GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECL, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR
—Separator for list outputThis environment variable specifies the separator when writing list-directed output. It may contain any number of spaces and at most one comma. If you specify this on the command line, be sure to quote spaces, as in
$ GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR=' , ' ./a.out
when a.out
is the compiled Fortran program that you want to run.
Default is a single space.
Next: GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE, Previous: GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT
—Set endianness for unformatted I/OBy setting the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT
variable, it is possible
to change the representation of data for unformatted files.
The syntax for the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT
variable is:
GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT: mode | mode ';' exception | exception ; mode: 'native' | 'swap' | 'big_endian' | 'little_endian' ; exception: mode ':' unit_list | unit_list ; unit_list: unit_spec | unit_list unit_spec ; unit_spec: INTEGER | INTEGER '-' INTEGER ;
The variable consists of an optional default mode, followed by
a list of optional exceptions, which are separated by semicolons
from the preceding default and each other. Each exception consists
of a format and a comma-separated list of units. Valid values for
the modes are the same as for the CONVERT
specifier:
NATIVE
Use the native format. This is the default.
SWAP
Swap between little- and big-endian.
LITTLE_ENDIAN
Use the little-endian format
for unformatted files.
BIG_ENDIAN
Use the big-endian format for unformatted files.
A missing mode for an exception is taken to mean BIG_ENDIAN
.
Examples of values for GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT
are:
'big_endian'
Do all unformatted I/O in big_endian mode.
'little_endian;native:10-20,25'
Do all unformatted I/O
in little_endian mode, except for units 10 to 20 and 25, which are in
native format.
'10-20'
Units 10 to 20 are big-endian, the rest is native.
Setting the environment variables should be done on the command
line or via the export
command for sh
-compatible shells and via setenv
for csh
-compatible shells.
Example for sh
:
$ gfortran foo.f90 $ GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT='big_endian;native:10-20' ./a.out
Example code for csh
:
% gfortran foo.f90 % setenv GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT 'big_endian;native:10-20' % ./a.out
Using anything but the native representation for unformatted data carries a significant speed overhead. If speed in this area matters to you, it is best if you use this only for data that needs to be portable.
See CONVERT specifier, for an alternative way to specify the
data representation for unformatted files. See Runtime Options, for
setting a default data representation for the whole program. The
CONVERT
specifier overrides the -fconvert compile options.
Note that the values specified via the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment variable will override the CONVERT specifier in the open statement. This is to give control over data formats to users who do not have the source code of their program available.
Next: GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACE, Previous: GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE
—Dump core on run-time errorsIf the GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE
variable is set to
‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’ (only the first letter is relevant)
then library run-time errors cause core dumps. To disable the core
dumps, set the variable to ‘n’, ‘N’, ‘0’. Default
is not to core dump unless the -fdump-core compile option
was used.
Previous: GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE, Up: Runtime [Contents][Index]
GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACE
—Show backtrace on run-time errorsIf the GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACE
variable is set to
‘y’, ‘Y’ or ‘1’ (only the first letter is relevant)
then a backtrace is printed when a run-time error occurs.
To disable the backtracing, set the variable to
‘n’, ‘N’, ‘0’. Default is not to print a backtrace
unless the -fbacktrace compile option
was used.
Next: Compiler Characteristics, Previous: Runtime, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
• Fortran 2003 status: | ||
• Fortran 2008 status: |
Next: Fortran 2008 status, Up: Fortran 2003 and 2008 status [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran supports several Fortran 2003 features; an incomplete list can be found below. See also the wiki page about Fortran 2003.
command_argument_count
, get_command
,
get_command_argument
, get_environment_variable
, and
move_alloc
.
[...]
rather
than (/.../)
. Type-specification for array constructors like
(/ some-type :: ... /)
.
FLUSH
statement.
IOMSG=
specifier for I/O statements.
ENUM
and ENUMERATOR
statements. Interoperability with
gcc
is guaranteed also for the case where the
-fshort-enums
command line option is given.
ERRMSG=
tag is now supported in ALLOCATE
and
DEALLOCATE
statements. The SOURCE=
tag is supported
in an ALLOCATE
statement. An intrinsic-type-spec
can be used as the type-spec in an ALLOCATE
statement;
while the use of a derived-type-name is currently unsupported.
OPEN
statement supports the ACCESS='STREAM'
specifier,
allowing I/O without any record structure.
PROTECTED
statement and attribute.
VALUE
statement and attribute.
VOLATILE
statement and attribute.
IMPORT
statement, allowing to import
host-associated derived types.
USE
statement with INTRINSIC
and NON_INTRINSIC
attribute; supported intrinsic modules: ISO_FORTRAN_ENV
,
OMP_LIB
and OMP_LIB_KINDS
.
USE
statement.
INT
, REAL
, DBLE
and CMPLX
.
PROCEDURE
or GENERIC
, and operators
bound to a derived-type.
EXTENDS(...)
syntax).
ABSTRACT
derived-types and declaring procedure bindings DEFERRED
.
Previous: Fortran 2003 status, Up: Fortran 2003 and 2008 status [Contents][Index]
The next version of the Fortran standard after Fortran 2003 is currently being worked on by the Working Group 5 of Sub-Committee 22 of the Joint Technical Committee 1 of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). This group is known as WG5. The next revision of the Fortran standard is informally referred to as Fortran 2008, reflecting its planned release year. The GNU Fortran compiler has support for some of the new features in Fortran 2008. This support is based on the latest draft, available from http://www.nag.co.uk/sc22wg5/. However, as the final standard may differ from the drafts, no guarantee of backward compatibility can be made and you should only use it for experimental purposes.
The wiki has some information about the current Fortran 2008 implementation status.
Next: Extensions, Previous: Fortran 2003 and 2008 status, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
This chapter describes certain characteristics of the GNU Fortran compiler, that are not specified by the Fortran standard, but which might in some way or another become visible to the programmer.
• KIND Type Parameters: | ||
• Internal representation of LOGICAL variables: |
The KIND
type parameters supported by GNU Fortran for the primitive
data types are:
INTEGER
1, 2, 4, 8*, 16*, default: 4 (1)
LOGICAL
1, 2, 4, 8*, 16*, default: 4 (1)
REAL
4, 8, 10**, 16**, default: 4 (2)
COMPLEX
4, 8, 10**, 16**, default: 4 (2)
CHARACTER
1, 4, default: 1
* = not available on all systems
** = not available on all systems; additionally 10 and 16 are never
available at the same time
(1) Unless -fdefault-integer-8 is used
(2) Unless -fdefault-real-8 is used
The KIND
value matches the storage size in bytes, except for
COMPLEX
where the storage size is twice as much (or both real and
imaginary part are a real value of the given size). It is recommended to use
the SELECT_*_KIND
intrinsics instead of the concrete values.
Previous: KIND Type Parameters, Up: Compiler Characteristics [Contents][Index]
The Fortran standard does not specify how variables of LOGICAL
type are represented, beyond requiring that LOGICAL
variables
of default kind have the same storage size as default INTEGER
and REAL
variables. The GNU Fortran internal representation is
as follows.
A LOGICAL(KIND=N)
variable is represented as an
INTEGER(KIND=N)
variable, however, with only two permissible
values: 1
for .TRUE.
and 0
for
.FALSE.
. Any other integer value results in undefined behavior.
Note that for mixed-language programming using the
ISO_C_BINDING
feature, there is a C_BOOL
kind that can
be used to create LOGICAL(KIND=C_BOOL)
variables which are
interoperable with the C99 _Bool type. The C99 _Bool type has an
internal representation described in the C99 standard, which is
identical to the above description, i.e. with 1 for true and 0 for
false being the only permissible values. Thus the internal
representation of LOGICAL
variables in GNU Fortran is identical
to C99 _Bool, except for a possible difference in storage size
depending on the kind.
Next: Mixed-Language Programming, Previous: Compiler Characteristics, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
The two sections below detail the extensions to standard Fortran that are implemented in GNU Fortran, as well as some of the popular or historically important extensions that are not (or not yet) implemented. For the latter case, we explain the alternatives available to GNU Fortran users, including replacement by standard-conforming code or GNU extensions.
• Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran: | ||
• Extensions not implemented in GNU Fortran: |
Next: Extensions not implemented in GNU Fortran, Up: Extensions [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran implements a number of extensions over standard Fortran. This chapter contains information on their syntax and meaning. There are currently two categories of GNU Fortran extensions, those that provide functionality beyond that provided by any standard, and those that are supported by GNU Fortran purely for backward compatibility with legacy compilers. By default, -std=gnu allows the compiler to accept both types of extensions, but to warn about the use of the latter. Specifying either -std=f95, -std=f2003 or -std=f2008 disables both types of extensions, and -std=legacy allows both without warning.
Next: Old-style variable initialization, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran allows old-style kind specifications in declarations. These look like:
TYPESPEC*size x,y,z
where TYPESPEC
is a basic type (INTEGER
, REAL
,
etc.), and where size
is a byte count corresponding to the
storage size of a valid kind for that type. (For COMPLEX
variables, size
is the total size of the real and imaginary
parts.) The statement then declares x
, y
and z
to
be of type TYPESPEC
with the appropriate kind. This is
equivalent to the standard-conforming declaration
TYPESPEC(k) x,y,z
where k
is the kind parameter suitable for the intended precision. As
kind parameters are implementation-dependent, use the KIND
,
SELECTED_INT_KIND
and SELECTED_REAL_KIND
intrinsics to retrieve
the correct value, for instance REAL*8 x
can be replaced by:
INTEGER, PARAMETER :: dbl = KIND(1.0d0) REAL(KIND=dbl) :: x
Next: Extensions to namelist, Previous: Old-style kind specifications, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran allows old-style initialization of variables of the form:
INTEGER i/1/,j/2/ REAL x(2,2) /3*0.,1./
The syntax for the initializers is as for the DATA
statement, but
unlike in a DATA
statement, an initializer only applies to the
variable immediately preceding the initialization. In other words,
something like INTEGER I,J/2,3/
is not valid. This style of
initialization is only allowed in declarations without double colons
(::
); the double colons were introduced in Fortran 90, which also
introduced a standard syntax for initializing variables in type
declarations.
Examples of standard-conforming code equivalent to the above example are:
! Fortran 90 INTEGER :: i = 1, j = 2 REAL :: x(2,2) = RESHAPE((/0.,0.,0.,1./),SHAPE(x)) ! Fortran 77 INTEGER i, j REAL x(2,2) DATA i/1/, j/2/, x/3*0.,1./
Note that variables which are explicitly initialized in declarations
or in DATA
statements automatically acquire the SAVE
attribute.
Next: X format descriptor without count field, Previous: Old-style variable initialization, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran fully supports the Fortran 95 standard for namelist I/O including array qualifiers, substrings and fully qualified derived types. The output from a namelist write is compatible with namelist read. The output has all names in upper case and indentation to column 1 after the namelist name. Two extensions are permitted:
Old-style use of ‘$’ instead of ‘&’
$MYNML X(:)%Y(2) = 1.0 2.0 3.0 CH(1:4) = "abcd" $END
It should be noted that the default terminator is ‘/’ rather than ‘&END’.
Querying of the namelist when inputting from stdin. After at least one space, entering ‘?’ sends to stdout the namelist name and the names of the variables in the namelist:
? &mynml x x%y ch &end
Entering ‘=?’ outputs the namelist to stdout, as if
WRITE(*,NML = mynml)
had been called:
=? &MYNML X(1)%Y= 0.000000 , 1.000000 , 0.000000 , X(2)%Y= 0.000000 , 2.000000 , 0.000000 , X(3)%Y= 0.000000 , 3.000000 , 0.000000 , CH=abcd, /
To aid this dialog, when input is from stdin, errors send their
messages to stderr and execution continues, even if IOSTAT
is set.
PRINT
namelist is permitted. This causes an error if
-std=f95 is used.
PROGRAM test_print REAL, dimension (4) :: x = (/1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0/) NAMELIST /mynml/ x PRINT mynml END PROGRAM test_print
Expanded namelist reads are permitted. This causes an error if -std=f95 is used. In the following example, the first element of the array will be given the value 0.00 and the two succeeding elements will be given the values 1.00 and 2.00.
&MYNML X(1,1) = 0.00 , 1.00 , 2.00 /
Next: Commas in FORMAT specifications, Previous: Extensions to namelist, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
X
format descriptor without count fieldTo support legacy codes, GNU Fortran permits the count field of the
X
edit descriptor in FORMAT
statements to be omitted.
When omitted, the count is implicitly assumed to be one.
PRINT 10, 2, 3 10 FORMAT (I1, X, I1)
Next: Missing period in FORMAT specifications, Previous: X format descriptor without count field, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
FORMAT
specificationsTo support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows the comma separator
to be omitted immediately before and after character string edit
descriptors in FORMAT
statements.
PRINT 10, 2, 3 10 FORMAT ('FOO='I1' BAR='I2)
Next: I/O item lists, Previous: Commas in FORMAT specifications, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
FORMAT
specificationsTo support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows missing periods in format specifications if and only if -std=legacy is given on the command line. This is considered non-conforming code and is discouraged.
REAL :: value READ(*,10) value 10 FORMAT ('F4')
Next: BOZ literal constants, Previous: Missing period in FORMAT specifications, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows the input item list
of the READ
statement, and the output item lists of the
WRITE
and PRINT
statements, to start with a comma.
Next: Real array indices, Previous: I/O item lists, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
Besides decimal constants, Fortran also supports binary (b
),
octal (o
) and hexadecimal (z
) integer constants. The
syntax is: ‘prefix quote digits quote’, were the prefix is
either b
, o
or z
, quote is either '
or
"
and the digits are for binary 0
or 1
, for
octal between 0
and 7
, and for hexadecimal between
0
and F
. (Example: b'01011101'
.)
Up to Fortran 95, BOZ literals were only allowed to initialize
integer variables in DATA statements. Since Fortran 2003 BOZ literals
are also allowed as argument of REAL
, DBLE
, INT
and CMPLX
; the result is the same as if the integer BOZ
literal had been converted by TRANSFER
to, respectively,
real
, double precision
, integer
or complex
.
As GNU Fortran extension the intrinsic procedures FLOAT
,
DFLOAT
, COMPLEX
and DCMPLX
are treated alike.
As an extension, GNU Fortran allows hexadecimal BOZ literal constants to
be specified using the X
prefix, in addition to the standard
Z
prefix. The BOZ literal can also be specified by adding a
suffix to the string, for example, Z'ABC'
and 'ABC'Z
are
equivalent.
Furthermore, GNU Fortran allows using BOZ literal constants outside
DATA statements and the four intrinsic functions allowed by Fortran 2003.
In DATA statements, in direct assignments, where the right-hand side
only contains a BOZ literal constant, and for old-style initializers of
the form integer i /o'0173'/
, the constant is transferred
as if TRANSFER
had been used; for COMPLEX
numbers, only
the real part is initialized unless CMPLX
is used. In all other
cases, the BOZ literal constant is converted to an INTEGER
value with
the largest decimal representation. This value is then converted
numerically to the type and kind of the variable in question.
(For instance, real :: r = b'0000001' + 1
initializes r
with 2.0
.) As different compilers implement the extension
differently, one should be careful when doing bitwise initialization
of non-integer variables.
Note that initializing an INTEGER
variable with a statement such
as DATA i/Z'FFFFFFFF'/
will give an integer overflow error rather
than the desired result of -1 when i
is a 32-bit integer
on a system that supports 64-bit integers. The ‘-fno-range-check’
option can be used as a workaround for legacy code that initializes
integers in this manner.
Next: Unary operators, Previous: BOZ literal constants, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
As an extension, GNU Fortran allows the use of REAL
expressions
or variables as array indices.
Next: Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values, Previous: Real array indices, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
As an extension, GNU Fortran allows unary plus and unary minus operators to appear as the second operand of binary arithmetic operators without the need for parenthesis.
X = Y * -Z
Next: Hollerith constants support, Previous: Unary operators, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
LOGICAL
and INTEGER
valuesAs an extension for backwards compatibility with other compilers, GNU
Fortran allows the implicit conversion of LOGICAL
values to
INTEGER
values and vice versa. When converting from a
LOGICAL
to an INTEGER
, .FALSE.
is interpreted as
zero, and .TRUE.
is interpreted as one. When converting from
INTEGER
to LOGICAL
, the value zero is interpreted as
.FALSE.
and any nonzero value is interpreted as .TRUE.
.
LOGICAL :: l l = 1
INTEGER :: i i = .TRUE.
However, there is no implicit conversion of INTEGER
values in
if
-statements, nor of LOGICAL
or INTEGER
values
in I/O operations.
Next: Cray pointers, Previous: Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
GNU Fortran supports Hollerith constants in assignments, function
arguments, and DATA
and ASSIGN
statements. A Hollerith
constant is written as a string of characters preceded by an integer
constant indicating the character count, and the letter H
or
h
, and stored in bytewise fashion in a numeric (INTEGER
,
REAL
, or complex
) or LOGICAL
variable. The
constant will be padded or truncated to fit the size of the variable in
which it is stored.
Examples of valid uses of Hollerith constants:
complex*16 x(2) data x /16Habcdefghijklmnop, 16Hqrstuvwxyz012345/ x(1) = 16HABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP call foo (4h abc)
Invalid Hollerith constants examples:
integer*4 a a = 8H12345678 ! Valid, but the Hollerith constant will be truncated. a = 0H ! At least one character is needed.
In general, Hollerith constants were used to provide a rudimentary
facility for handling character strings in early Fortran compilers,
prior to the introduction of CHARACTER
variables in Fortran 77;
in those cases, the standard-compliant equivalent is to convert the
program to use proper character strings. On occasion, there may be a
case where the intent is specifically to initialize a numeric variable
with a given byte sequence. In these cases, the same result can be
obtained by using the TRANSFER
statement, as in this example.
INTEGER(KIND=4) :: a a = TRANSFER ("abcd", a) ! equivalent to: a = 4Habcd
Next: CONVERT specifier, Previous: Hollerith constants support, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
Cray pointers are part of a non-standard extension that provides a C-like pointer in Fortran. This is accomplished through a pair of variables: an integer "pointer" that holds a memory address, and a "pointee" that is used to dereference the pointer.
Pointer/pointee pairs are declared in statements of the form:
pointer ( <pointer> , <pointee> )
or,
pointer ( <pointer1> , <pointee1> ), ( <pointer2> , <pointee2> ), ...
The pointer is an integer that is intended to hold a memory address.
The pointee may be an array or scalar. A pointee can be an assumed
size array—that is, the last dimension may be left unspecified by
using a *
in place of a value—but a pointee cannot be an
assumed shape array. No space is allocated for the pointee.
The pointee may have its type declared before or after the pointer statement, and its array specification (if any) may be declared before, during, or after the pointer statement. The pointer may be declared as an integer prior to the pointer statement. However, some machines have default integer sizes that are different than the size of a pointer, and so the following code is not portable:
integer ipt pointer (ipt, iarr)
If a pointer is declared with a kind that is too small, the compiler will issue a warning; the resulting binary will probably not work correctly, because the memory addresses stored in the pointers may be truncated. It is safer to omit the first line of the above example; if explicit declaration of ipt’s type is omitted, then the compiler will ensure that ipt is an integer variable large enough to hold a pointer.
Pointer arithmetic is valid with Cray pointers, but it is not the same as C pointer arithmetic. Cray pointers are just ordinary integers, so the user is responsible for determining how many bytes to add to a pointer in order to increment it. Consider the following example:
real target(10) real pointee(10) pointer (ipt, pointee) ipt = loc (target) ipt = ipt + 1
The last statement does not set ipt
to the address of
target(1)
, as it would in C pointer arithmetic. Adding 1
to ipt
just adds one byte to the address stored in ipt
.
Any expression involving the pointee will be translated to use the value stored in the pointer as the base address.
To get the address of elements, this extension provides an intrinsic
function LOC()
. The LOC()
function is equivalent to the
&
operator in C, except the address is cast to an integer type:
real ar(10) pointer(ipt, arpte(10)) real arpte ipt = loc(ar) ! Makes arpte is an alias for ar arpte(1) = 1.0 ! Sets ar(1) to 1.0
The pointer can also be set by a call to the MALLOC
intrinsic
(see MALLOC).
Cray pointees often are used to alias an existing variable. For example:
integer target(10) integer iarr(10) pointer (ipt, iarr) ipt = loc(target)
As long as ipt
remains unchanged, iarr
is now an alias for
target
. The optimizer, however, will not detect this aliasing, so
it is unsafe to use iarr
and target
simultaneously. Using
a pointee in any way that violates the Fortran aliasing rules or
assumptions is illegal. It is the user’s responsibility to avoid doing
this; the compiler works under the assumption that no such aliasing
occurs.
Cray pointers will work correctly when there is no aliasing (i.e., when they are used to access a dynamically allocated block of memory), and also in any routine where a pointee is used, but any variable with which it shares storage is not used. Code that violates these rules may not run as the user intends. This is not a bug in the optimizer; any code that violates the aliasing rules is illegal. (Note that this is not unique to GNU Fortran; any Fortran compiler that supports Cray pointers will “incorrectly” optimize code with illegal aliasing.)
There are a number of restrictions on the attributes that can be applied
to Cray pointers and pointees. Pointees may not have the
ALLOCATABLE
, INTENT
, OPTIONAL
, DUMMY
,
TARGET
, INTRINSIC
, or POINTER
attributes. Pointers
may not have the DIMENSION
, POINTER
, TARGET
,
ALLOCATABLE
, EXTERNAL
, or INTRINSIC
attributes.
Pointees may not occur in more than one pointer statement. A pointee
cannot be a pointer. Pointees cannot occur in equivalence, common, or
data statements.
A Cray pointer may also point to a function or a subroutine. For example, the following excerpt is valid:
implicit none external sub pointer (subptr,subpte) external subpte subptr = loc(sub) call subpte() [...] subroutine sub [...] end subroutine sub
A pointer may be modified during the course of a program, and this will change the location to which the pointee refers. However, when pointees are passed as arguments, they are treated as ordinary variables in the invoked function. Subsequent changes to the pointer will not change the base address of the array that was passed.
Next: OpenMP, Previous: Cray pointers, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
CONVERT
specifierGNU Fortran allows the conversion of unformatted data between little-
and big-endian representation to facilitate moving of data
between different systems. The conversion can be indicated with
the CONVERT
specifier on the OPEN
statement.
See GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT, for an alternative way of specifying
the data format via an environment variable.
Valid values for CONVERT
are:
CONVERT='NATIVE'
Use the native format. This is the default.
CONVERT='SWAP'
Swap between little- and big-endian.
CONVERT='LITTLE_ENDIAN'
Use the little-endian representation
for unformatted files.
CONVERT='BIG_ENDIAN'
Use the big-endian representation for
unformatted files.
Using the option could look like this:
open(file='big.dat',form='unformatted',access='sequential', & convert='big_endian')
The value of the conversion can be queried by using
INQUIRE(CONVERT=ch)
. The values returned are
'BIG_ENDIAN'
and 'LITTLE_ENDIAN'
.
CONVERT
works between big- and little-endian for
INTEGER
values of all supported kinds and for REAL
on IEEE systems of kinds 4 and 8. Conversion between different
“extended double” types on different architectures such as
m68k and x86_64, which GNU Fortran
supports as REAL(KIND=10)
and REAL(KIND=16)
, will
probably not work.
Note that the values specified via the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT environment variable will override the CONVERT specifier in the open statement. This is to give control over data formats to users who do not have the source code of their program available.
Using anything but the native representation for unformatted data carries a significant speed overhead. If speed in this area matters to you, it is best if you use this only for data that needs to be portable.
Next: Argument list functions, Previous: CONVERT specifier, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
OpenMP (Open Multi-Processing) is an application programming interface (API) that supports multi-platform shared memory multiprocessing programming in C/C++ and Fortran on many architectures, including Unix and Microsoft Windows platforms. It consists of a set of compiler directives, library routines, and environment variables that influence run-time behavior.
GNU Fortran strives to be compatible to the OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0.
To enable the processing of the OpenMP directive !$omp
in
free-form source code; the c$omp
, *$omp
and !$omp
directives in fixed form; the !$
conditional compilation sentinels
in free form; and the c$
, *$
and !$
sentinels
in fixed form, gfortran
needs to be invoked with the
-fopenmp. This also arranges for automatic linking of the
GNU OpenMP runtime library libgomp in GNU OpenMP
runtime library.
The OpenMP Fortran runtime library routines are provided both in a
form of a Fortran 90 module named omp_lib
and in a form of
a Fortran include
file named omp_lib.h.
An example of a parallelized loop taken from Appendix A.1 of the OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5:
SUBROUTINE A1(N, A, B) INTEGER I, N REAL B(N), A(N) !$OMP PARALLEL DO !I is private by default DO I=2,N B(I) = (A(I) + A(I-1)) / 2.0 ENDDO !$OMP END PARALLEL DO END SUBROUTINE A1
Please note:
-Wl,--whole-archive -lpthread -Wl,--no-whole-archive
is added
to the command line. However, this is not supported by gcc
and
thus not recommended.
Previous: OpenMP, Up: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
%VAL
, %REF
and %LOC
GNU Fortran supports argument list functions %VAL
, %REF
and %LOC
statements, for backward compatibility with g77.
It is recommended that these should be used only for code that is
accessing facilities outside of GNU Fortran, such as operating system
or windowing facilities. It is best to constrain such uses to isolated
portions of a program–portions that deal specifically and exclusively
with low-level, system-dependent facilities. Such portions might well
provide a portable interface for use by the program as a whole, but are
themselves not portable, and should be thoroughly tested each time they
are rebuilt using a new compiler or version of a compiler.
%VAL
passes a scalar argument by value, %REF
passes it by
reference and %LOC
passes its memory location. Since gfortran
already passes scalar arguments by reference, %REF
is in effect
a do-nothing. %LOC
has the same effect as a Fortran pointer.
An example of passing an argument by value to a C subroutine foo.:
C C prototype void foo_ (float x); C external foo real*4 x x = 3.14159 call foo (%VAL (x)) end
For details refer to the g77 manual http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.4.6/g77/index.html#Top.
Also, c_by_val.f
and its partner c_by_val.c
of the
GNU Fortran testsuite are worth a look.
Previous: Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran, Up: Extensions [Contents][Index]
The long history of the Fortran language, its wide use and broad userbase, the large number of different compiler vendors and the lack of some features crucial to users in the first standards have lead to the existence of a number of important extensions to the language. While some of the most useful or popular extensions are supported by the GNU Fortran compiler, not all existing extensions are supported. This section aims at listing these extensions and offering advice on how best make code that uses them running with the GNU Fortran compiler.
• STRUCTURE and RECORD: | ||
• ENCODE and DECODE statements: | ||
• Variable FORMAT expressions: |
STRUCTURE
and RECORD
Structures are user-defined aggregate data types; this functionality was standardized in Fortran 90 with an different syntax, under the name of “derived types”. Here is an example of code using the non portable structure syntax:
! Declaring a structure named ``item'' and containing three fields: ! an integer ID, an description string and a floating-point price. STRUCTURE /item/ INTEGER id CHARACTER(LEN=200) description REAL price END STRUCTURE ! Define two variables, an single record of type ``item'' ! named ``pear'', and an array of items named ``store_catalog'' RECORD /item/ pear, store_catalog(100) ! We can directly access the fields of both variables pear.id = 92316 pear.description = "juicy D'Anjou pear" pear.price = 0.15 store_catalog(7).id = 7831 store_catalog(7).description = "milk bottle" store_catalog(7).price = 1.2 ! We can also manipulate the whole structure store_catalog(12) = pear print *, store_catalog(12)
This code can easily be rewritten in the Fortran 90 syntax as following:
! ``STRUCTURE /name/ ... END STRUCTURE'' becomes ! ``TYPE name ... END TYPE'' TYPE item INTEGER id CHARACTER(LEN=200) description REAL price END TYPE ! ``RECORD /name/ variable'' becomes ``TYPE(name) variable'' TYPE(item) pear, store_catalog(100) ! Instead of using a dot (.) to access fields of a record, the ! standard syntax uses a percent sign (%) pear%id = 92316 pear%description = "juicy D'Anjou pear" pear%price = 0.15 store_catalog(7)%id = 7831 store_catalog(7)%description = "milk bottle" store_catalog(7)%price = 1.2 ! Assignments of a whole variable don't change store_catalog(12) = pear print *, store_catalog(12)
Next: Variable FORMAT expressions, Previous: STRUCTURE and RECORD, Up: Extensions not implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
ENCODE
and DECODE
statementsGNU Fortran doesn’t support the ENCODE
and DECODE
statements. These statements are best replaced by READ
and
WRITE
statements involving internal files (CHARACTER
variables and arrays), which have been part of the Fortran standard since
Fortran 77. For example, replace a code fragment like
INTEGER*1 LINE(80) REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets LINE DECODE (80, 9000, LINE) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, 3(F10.5))
with the following:
CHARACTER(LEN=80) LINE REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets LINE READ (UNIT=LINE, FMT=9000) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, 3(F10.5))
Similarly, replace a code fragment like
INTEGER*1 LINE(80) REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets A, B and C ENCODE (80, 9000, LINE) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, 'OUTPUT IS ', 3(F10.5))
with the following:
CHARACTER(LEN=80) LINE REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets A, B and C WRITE (UNIT=LINE, FMT=9000) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, 'OUTPUT IS ', 3(F10.5))
Previous: ENCODE and DECODE statements, Up: Extensions not implemented in GNU Fortran [Contents][Index]
FORMAT
expressionsA variable FORMAT
expression is format statement which includes
angle brackets enclosing a Fortran expression: FORMAT(I<N>)
. GNU
Fortran does not support this legacy extension. The effect of variable
format expressions can be reproduced by using the more powerful (and
standard) combination of internal output and string formats. For example,
replace a code fragment like this:
WRITE(6,20) INT1 20 FORMAT(I<N+1>)
with the following:
c Variable declaration CHARACTER(LEN=20) F c c Other code here... c WRITE(FMT,'("(I", I0, ")")') N+1 WRITE(6,FM) INT1
or with:
c Variable declaration CHARACTER(LEN=20) FMT c c Other code here... c WRITE(FMT,*) N+1 WRITE(6,"(I" // ADJUSTL(FMT) // ")") INT1
Next: Intrinsic Procedures, Previous: Extensions, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
• Interoperability with C: | ||
• GNU Fortran Compiler Directives: | ||
• Non-Fortran Main Program: |
This chapter is about mixed-language interoperability, but also applies if one links Fortran code compiled by different compilers. In most cases, use of the C Binding features of the Fortran 2003 standard is sufficient, and their use is highly recommended.
• Intrinsic Types: | ||
• Further Interoperability of Fortran with C: | ||
• Derived Types and struct: | ||
• Interoperable Global Variables: | ||
• Interoperable Subroutines and Functions: |
Since Fortran 2003 (ISO/IEC 1539-1:2004(E)) there is a
standardized way to generate procedure and derived-type
declarations and global variables which are interoperable with C
(ISO/IEC 9899:1999). The bind(C)
attribute has been added
to inform the compiler that a symbol shall be interoperable with C;
also, some constraints are added. Note, however, that not
all C features have a Fortran equivalent or vice versa. For instance,
neither C’s unsigned integers nor C’s functions with variable number
of arguments have an equivalent in Fortran.
Note that array dimensions are reversely ordered in C and that arrays in
C always start with index 0 while in Fortran they start by default with
1. Thus, an array declaration A(n,m)
in Fortran matches
A[m][n]
in C and accessing the element A(i,j)
matches
A[j-1][i-1]
. The element following A(i,j)
(C: A[j-1][i-1]
;
assuming i < n) in memory is A(i+1,j)
(C: A[j-1][i]
).
Next: Derived Types and struct, Up: Interoperability with C [Contents][Index]
In order to ensure that exactly the same variable type and kind is used
in C and Fortran, the named constants shall be used which are defined in the
ISO_C_BINDING
intrinsic module. That module contains named constants
for kind parameters and character named constants for the escape sequences
in C. For a list of the constants, see ISO_C_BINDING.
Next: Interoperable Global Variables, Previous: Intrinsic Types, Up: Interoperability with C [Contents][Index]
For compatibility of derived types with struct
, one needs to use
the BIND(C)
attribute in the type declaration. For instance, the
following type declaration
USE ISO_C_BINDING TYPE, BIND(C) :: myType INTEGER(C_INT) :: i1, i2 INTEGER(C_SIGNED_CHAR) :: i3 REAL(C_DOUBLE) :: d1 COMPLEX(C_FLOAT_COMPLEX) :: c1 CHARACTER(KIND=C_CHAR) :: str(5) END TYPE
matches the following struct
declaration in C
struct { int i1, i2; /* Note: "char" might be signed or unsigned. */ signed char i3; double d1; float _Complex c1; char str[5]; } myType;
Derived types with the C binding attribute shall not have the sequence
attribute, type parameters, the extends
attribute, nor type-bound
procedures. Every component must be of interoperable type and kind and may not
have the pointer
or allocatable
attribute. The names of the
variables are irrelevant for interoperability.
As there exist no direct Fortran equivalents, neither unions nor structs with bit field or variable-length array members are interoperable.
Next: Interoperable Subroutines and Functions, Previous: Derived Types and struct, Up: Interoperability with C [Contents][Index]
Variables can be made accessible from C using the C binding attribute,
optionally together with specifying a binding name. Those variables
have to be declared in the declaration part of a MODULE
,
be of interoperable type, and have neither the pointer
nor
the allocatable
attribute.
MODULE m USE myType_module USE ISO_C_BINDING integer(C_INT), bind(C, name="_MyProject_flags") :: global_flag type(myType), bind(C) :: tp END MODULE
Here, _MyProject_flags
is the case-sensitive name of the variable
as seen from C programs while global_flag
is the case-insensitive
name as seen from Fortran. If no binding name is specified, as for
tp, the C binding name is the (lowercase) Fortran binding name.
If a binding name is specified, only a single variable may be after the
double colon. Note of warning: You cannot use a global variable to
access errno of the C library as the C standard allows it to be
a macro. Use the IERRNO
intrinsic (GNU extension) instead.
Next: Further Interoperability of Fortran with C, Previous: Interoperable Global Variables, Up: Interoperability with C [Contents][Index]
Subroutines and functions have to have the BIND(C)
attribute to
be compatible with C. The dummy argument declaration is relatively
straightforward. However, one needs to be careful because C uses
call-by-value by default while Fortran behaves usually similar to
call-by-reference. Furthermore, strings and pointers are handled
differently. Note that only explicit size and assumed-size arrays are
supported but not assumed-shape or allocatable arrays.
To pass a variable by value, use the VALUE
attribute.
Thus the following C prototype
int func(int i, int *j)
matches the Fortran declaration
integer(c_int) function func(i,j) use iso_c_binding, only: c_int integer(c_int), VALUE :: i integer(c_int) :: j
Note that pointer arguments also frequently need the VALUE
attribute.
Strings are handled quite differently in C and Fortran. In C a string
is a NUL
-terminated array of characters while in Fortran each string
has a length associated with it and is thus not terminated (by e.g.
NUL
). For example, if one wants to use the following C function,
#include <stdio.h> void print_C(char *string) /* equivalent: char string[] */ { printf("%s\n", string); }
to print “Hello World” from Fortran, one can call it using
use iso_c_binding, only: C_CHAR, C_NULL_CHAR interface subroutine print_c(string) bind(C, name="print_C") use iso_c_binding, only: c_char character(kind=c_char) :: string(*) end subroutine print_c end interface call print_c(C_CHAR_"Hello World"//C_NULL_CHAR)
As the example shows, one needs to ensure that the
string is NUL
terminated. Additionally, the dummy argument
string of print_C
is a length-one assumed-size
array; using character(len=*)
is not allowed. The example
above uses c_char_"Hello World"
to ensure the string
literal has the right type; typically the default character
kind and c_char
are the same and thus "Hello World"
is equivalent. However, the standard does not guarantee this.
The use of pointers is now illustrated using the C library
function strncpy
, whose prototype is
char *strncpy(char *restrict s1, const char *restrict s2, size_t n);
The function strncpy
copies at most n characters from
string s2 to s1 and returns s1. In the following
example, we ignore the return value:
use iso_c_binding implicit none character(len=30) :: str,str2 interface ! Ignore the return value of strncpy -> subroutine ! "restrict" is always assumed if we do not pass a pointer subroutine strncpy(dest, src, n) bind(C) import character(kind=c_char), intent(out) :: dest(*) character(kind=c_char), intent(in) :: src(*) integer(c_size_t), value, intent(in) :: n end subroutine strncpy end interface str = repeat('X',30) ! Initialize whole string with 'X' call strncpy(str, c_char_"Hello World"//C_NULL_CHAR, & len(c_char_"Hello World",kind=c_size_t)) print '(a)', str ! prints: "Hello WorldXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" end
C pointers are represented in Fortran via the special derived type
type(c_ptr)
, with private components. Thus one needs to
use intrinsic conversion procedures to convert from or to C pointers.
For example,
use iso_c_binding type(c_ptr) :: cptr1, cptr2 integer, target :: array(7), scalar integer, pointer :: pa(:), ps cptr1 = c_loc(array(1)) ! The programmer needs to ensure that the ! array is contiguous if required by the C ! procedure cptr2 = c_loc(scalar) call c_f_pointer(cptr2, ps) call c_f_pointer(cptr2, pa, shape=[7])
When converting C to Fortran arrays, the one-dimensional SHAPE
argument
has to be passed. Note: A pointer argument void *
matches
TYPE(C_PTR), VALUE
while TYPE(C_PTR)
matches void **
.
Procedure pointers are handled analogously to pointers; the C type is
TYPE(C_FUNPTR)
and the intrinsic conversion procedures are
C_F_PROC_POINTER
and C_FUNLOC
.
The intrinsic procedures are described in Intrinsic Procedures.
Next: Derived Types and struct, Previous: Interoperable Subroutines and Functions, Up: Interoperability with C [Contents][Index]
Assumed-shape and allocatable arrays are passed using an array descriptor (dope vector). The internal structure of the array descriptor used by GNU Fortran is not yet documented and will change. There will also be a Technical Report (TR 29113) which standardizes an interoperable array descriptor. Until then, you can use the Chasm Language Interoperability Tools, http://chasm-interop.sourceforge.net/, which provide an interface to GNU Fortran’s array descriptor.
The technical report 29113 will presumably also include support for
C-interoperable OPTIONAL
and for assumed-rank and assumed-type
dummy arguments. However, the TR has neither been approved nor implemented
in GNU Fortran; therefore, these features are not yet available.
Next: Non-Fortran Main Program, Previous: Interoperability with C, Up: Mixed-Language Programming [Contents][Index]
The Fortran standard standard describes how a conforming program shall behave; however, the exact implementation is not standardized. In order to allow the user to choose specific implementation details, compiler directives can be used to set attributes of variables and procedures which are not part of the standard. Whether a given attribute is supported and its exact effects depend on both the operating system and on the processor; see C Extensions in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) for details.
For procedures and procedure pointers, the following attributes can be used to change the calling convention:
CDECL
– standard C calling convention
STDCALL
– convention where the called procedure pops the stack
FASTCALL
– part of the arguments are passed via registers
instead using the stack
Besides changing the calling convention, the attributes also influence the decoration of the symbol name, e.g., by a leading underscore or by a trailing at-sign followed by the number of bytes on the stack. When assigning a procedure to a procedure pointer, both should use the same calling convention.
On some systems, procedures and global variables (module variables and
COMMON
blocks) need special handling to be accessible when they
are in a shared library. The following attributes are available:
DLLEXPORT
– provide a global pointer to a pointer in the DLL
DLLIMPORT
– reference the function or variable using a global pointer
The attributes are specified using the syntax
!GCC$ ATTRIBUTES
attribute-list ::
variable-list
where in free-form source code only whitespace is allowed before !GCC$
and in fixed-form source code !GCC$
, cGCC$
or *GCC$
shall
start in the first column.
For procedures, the compiler directives shall be placed into the body of the procedure; for variables and procedure pointers, they shall be in the same declaration part as the variable or procedure pointer.
Previous: GNU Fortran Compiler Directives, Up: Mixed-Language Programming [Contents][Index]
• _gfortran_set_args: | Save command-line arguments | |
• _gfortran_set_options: | Set library option flags | |
• _gfortran_set_convert: | Set endian conversion | |
• _gfortran_set_record_marker: | Set length of record markers | |
• _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length: | Set subrecord length | |
• _gfortran_set_fpe: | Set when a Floating Point Exception should be raised |
Even if you are doing mixed-language programming, it is very likely that you do not need to know or use the information in this section. Since it is about the internal structure of GNU Fortran, it may also change in GCC minor releases.
When you compile a PROGRAM
with GNU Fortran, a function
with the name main
(in the symbol table of the object file)
is generated, which initializes the libgfortran library and then
calls the actual program which uses the name MAIN__
, for
historic reasons. If you link GNU Fortran compiled procedures
to, e.g., a C or C++ program or to a Fortran program compiled by
a different compiler, the libgfortran library is not initialized
and thus a few intrinsic procedures do not work properly, e.g.
those for obtaining the command-line arguments.
Therefore, if your PROGRAM
is not compiled with
GNU Fortran and the GNU Fortran compiled procedures require
intrinsics relying on the library initialization, you need to
initialize the library yourself. Using the default options,
gfortran calls _gfortran_set_args
and
_gfortran_set_options
. The initialization of the former
is needed if the called procedures access the command line
(and for backtracing); the latter sets some flags based on the
standard chosen or to enable backtracing. In typical programs,
it is not necessary to call any initialization function.
If your PROGRAM
is compiled with GNU Fortran, you shall
not call any of the following functions. The libgfortran
initialization functions are shown in C syntax but using C
bindings they are also accessible from Fortran.
Next: _gfortran_set_options, Up: Non-Fortran Main Program [Contents][Index]
_gfortran_set_args
— Save command-line arguments_gfortran_set_args
saves the command-line arguments; this
initialization is required if any of the command-line intrinsics
is called. Additionally, it shall be called if backtracing is
enabled (see _gfortran_set_options
).
void _gfortran_set_args (int argc, char *argv[])
argc | number of command line argument strings |
argv | the command-line argument strings; argv[0] is the pathname of the executable itself. |
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); return 0; }
Next: _gfortran_set_convert, Previous: _gfortran_set_args, Up: Non-Fortran Main Program [Contents][Index]
_gfortran_set_options
— Set library option flags_gfortran_set_options
sets several flags related to the Fortran
standard to be used, whether backtracing or core dumps should be enabled
and whether range checks should be performed. The syntax allows for
upward compatibility since the number of passed flags is specified; for
non-passed flags, the default value is used. See also
see Code Gen Options. Please note that not all flags are actually
used.
void _gfortran_set_options (int num, int options[])
num | number of options passed |
argv | The list of flag values |
option[0] | Allowed standard; can give run-time errors
if e.g. an input-output edit descriptor is invalid in a given standard.
Possible values are (bitwise or-ed) GFC_STD_F77 (1),
GFC_STD_F95_OBS (2), GFC_STD_F95_DEL (4), GFC_STD_F95
(8), GFC_STD_F2003 (16), GFC_STD_GNU (32),
GFC_STD_LEGACY (64), and GFC_STD_F2008 (128).
Default: GFC_STD_F95_OBS | GFC_STD_F95_DEL | GFC_STD_F2003
| GFC_STD_F2008 | GFC_STD_F95 | GFC_STD_F77 | GFC_STD_GNU | GFC_STD_LEGACY . |
option[1] | Standard-warning flag; prints a warning to
standard error. Default: GFC_STD_F95_DEL | GFC_STD_LEGACY . |
option[2] | If non zero, enable pedantic checking. Default: off. |
option[3] | If non zero, enable core dumps on run-time errors. Default: off. |
option[4] | If non zero, enable backtracing on run-time
errors. Default: off.
Note: Installs a signal handler and requires command-line
initialization using _gfortran_set_args . |
option[5] | If non zero, supports signed zeros. Default: enabled. |
option[6] | Enables run-time checking. Possible values are (bitwise or-ed): GFC_RTCHECK_BOUNDS (1), GFC_RTCHECK_ARRAY_TEMPS (2), GFC_RTCHECK_RECURSION (4), GFC_RTCHECK_DO (16), GFC_RTCHECK_POINTER (32). Default: disabled. |
option[7] | If non zero, range checking is enabled. Default: enabled. See -frange-check (see Code Gen Options). |
/* Use gfortran 4.5 default options. */ static int options[] = {68, 255, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1}; _gfortran_set_options (8, &options);
Next: _gfortran_set_record_marker, Previous: _gfortran_set_options, Up: Non-Fortran Main Program [Contents][Index]
_gfortran_set_convert
— Set endian conversion_gfortran_set_convert
set the representation of data for
unformatted files.
void _gfortran_set_convert (int conv)
conv | Endian conversion, possible values: GFC_CONVERT_NATIVE (0, default), GFC_CONVERT_SWAP (1), GFC_CONVERT_BIG (2), GFC_CONVERT_LITTLE (3). |
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); _gfortran_set_convert (1); return 0; }
Next: _gfortran_set_fpe, Previous: _gfortran_set_convert, Up: Non-Fortran Main Program [Contents][Index]
_gfortran_set_record_marker
— Set length of record markers_gfortran_set_record_marker
sets the length of record markers
for unformatted files.
void _gfortran_set_record_marker (int val)
val | Length of the record marker; valid values are 4 and 8. Default is 4. |
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); _gfortran_set_record_marker (8); return 0; }
Next: _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length, Previous: _gfortran_set_record_marker, Up: Non-Fortran Main Program [Contents][Index]
_gfortran_set_fpe
— Set when a Floating Point Exception should be raised_gfortran_set_fpe
sets the IEEE exceptions for which a
Floating Point Exception (FPE) should be raised. On most systems,
this will result in a SIGFPE signal being sent and the program
being interrupted.
void _gfortran_set_fpe (int val)
option[0] | IEEE exceptions. Possible values are
(bitwise or-ed) zero (0, default) no trapping,
GFC_FPE_INVALID (1), GFC_FPE_DENORMAL (2),
GFC_FPE_ZERO (4), GFC_FPE_OVERFLOW (8),
GFC_FPE_UNDERFLOW (16), and GFC_FPE_PRECISION (32). |
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); /* FPE for invalid operations such as SQRT(-1.0). */ _gfortran_set_fpe (1); return 0; }
Next: _gfortran_set_fpe, Previous: _gfortran_set_fpe, Up: Non-Fortran Main Program [Contents][Index]
_gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length
— Set subrecord length_gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length
set the maximum length
for a subrecord. This option only makes sense for testing and
debugging of unformatted I/O.
void _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length (int val)
val | the maximum length for a subrecord; the maximum permitted value is 2147483639, which is also the default. |
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length (8); return 0; }
Next: Intrinsic Modules, Previous: Mixed-Language Programming, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
• Introduction: | ||
• ABORT : | Abort the program | |
• ABS : | Absolute value | |
• ACCESS : | Checks file access modes | |
• ACHAR : | Character in ASCII collating sequence | |
• ACOS : | Arccosine function | |
• ACOSH : | Inverse hyperbolic cosine function | |
• ADJUSTL : | Left adjust a string | |
• ADJUSTR : | Right adjust a string | |
• AIMAG : | Imaginary part of complex number | |
• AINT : | Truncate to a whole number | |
• ALARM : | Set an alarm clock | |
• ALL : | Determine if all values are true | |
• ALLOCATED : | Status of allocatable entity | |
• AND : | Bitwise logical AND | |
• ANINT : | Nearest whole number | |
• ANY : | Determine if any values are true | |
• ASIN : | Arcsine function | |
• ASINH : | Inverse hyperbolic sine function | |
• ASSOCIATED : | Status of a pointer or pointer/target pair | |
• ATAN : | Arctangent function | |
• ATAN2 : | Arctangent function | |
• ATANH : | Inverse hyperbolic tangent function | |
• BESSEL_J0 : | Bessel function of the first kind of order 0 | |
• BESSEL_J1 : | Bessel function of the first kind of order 1 | |
• BESSEL_JN : | Bessel function of the first kind | |
• BESSEL_Y0 : | Bessel function of the second kind of order 0 | |
• BESSEL_Y1 : | Bessel function of the second kind of order 1 | |
• BESSEL_YN : | Bessel function of the second kind | |
• BIT_SIZE : | Bit size inquiry function | |
• BTEST : | Bit test function | |
• C_ASSOCIATED : | Status of a C pointer | |
• C_F_POINTER : | Convert C into Fortran pointer | |
• C_F_PROCPOINTER : | Convert C into Fortran procedure pointer | |
• C_FUNLOC : | Obtain the C address of a procedure | |
• C_LOC : | Obtain the C address of an object | |
• C_SIZEOF : | Size in bytes of an expression | |
• CEILING : | Integer ceiling function | |
• CHAR : | Integer-to-character conversion function | |
• CHDIR : | Change working directory | |
• CHMOD : | Change access permissions of files | |
• CMPLX : | Complex conversion function | |
• COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT : | Get number of command line arguments | |
• COMPLEX : | Complex conversion function | |
• CONJG : | Complex conjugate function | |
• COS : | Cosine function | |
• COSH : | Hyperbolic cosine function | |
• COUNT : | Count occurrences of TRUE in an array | |
• CPU_TIME : | CPU time subroutine | |
• CSHIFT : | Circular shift elements of an array | |
• CTIME : | Subroutine (or function) to convert a time into a string | |
• DATE_AND_TIME : | Date and time subroutine | |
• DBLE : | Double precision conversion function | |
• DCMPLX : | Double complex conversion function | |
• DFLOAT : | Double precision conversion function | |
• DIGITS : | Significant digits function | |
• DIM : | Positive difference | |
• DOT_PRODUCT : | Dot product function | |
• DPROD : | Double product function | |
• DREAL : | Double real part function | |
• DTIME : | Execution time subroutine (or function) | |
• EOSHIFT : | End-off shift elements of an array | |
• EPSILON : | Epsilon function | |
• ERF : | Error function | |
• ERFC : | Complementary error function | |
• ERFC_SCALED : | Exponentially-scaled complementary error function | |
• ETIME : | Execution time subroutine (or function) | |
• EXIT : | Exit the program with status. | |
• EXP : | Exponential function | |
• EXPONENT : | Exponent function | |
• FDATE : | Subroutine (or function) to get the current time as a string | |
• FGET : | Read a single character in stream mode from stdin | |
• FGETC : | Read a single character in stream mode | |
• FLOAT : | Convert integer to default real | |
• FLOOR : | Integer floor function | |
• FLUSH : | Flush I/O unit(s) | |
• FNUM : | File number function | |
• FPUT : | Write a single character in stream mode to stdout | |
• FPUTC : | Write a single character in stream mode | |
• FRACTION : | Fractional part of the model representation | |
• FREE : | Memory de-allocation subroutine | |
• FSEEK : | Low level file positioning subroutine | |
• FSTAT : | Get file status | |
• FTELL : | Current stream position | |
• GAMMA : | Gamma function | |
• GERROR : | Get last system error message | |
• GETARG : | Get command line arguments | |
• GET_COMMAND : | Get the entire command line | |
• GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT : | Get command line arguments | |
• GETCWD : | Get current working directory | |
• GETENV : | Get an environmental variable | |
• GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE : | Get an environmental variable | |
• GETGID : | Group ID function | |
• GETLOG : | Get login name | |
• GETPID : | Process ID function | |
• GETUID : | User ID function | |
• GMTIME : | Convert time to GMT info | |
• HOSTNM : | Get system host name | |
• HUGE : | Largest number of a kind | |
• HYPOT : | Euclidian distance function | |
• IACHAR : | Code in ASCII collating sequence | |
• IAND : | Bitwise logical and | |
• IARGC : | Get the number of command line arguments | |
• IBCLR : | Clear bit | |
• IBITS : | Bit extraction | |
• IBSET : | Set bit | |
• ICHAR : | Character-to-integer conversion function | |
• IDATE : | Current local time (day/month/year) | |
• IEOR : | Bitwise logical exclusive or | |
• IERRNO : | Function to get the last system error number | |
• INDEX : | Position of a substring within a string | |
• INT : | Convert to integer type | |
• INT2 : | Convert to 16-bit integer type | |
• INT8 : | Convert to 64-bit integer type | |
• IOR : | Bitwise logical or | |
• IRAND : | Integer pseudo-random number | |
• IS_IOSTAT_END : | Test for end-of-file value | |
• IS_IOSTAT_EOR : | Test for end-of-record value | |
• ISATTY : | Whether a unit is a terminal device | |
• ISHFT : | Shift bits | |
• ISHFTC : | Shift bits circularly | |
• ISNAN : | Tests for a NaN | |
• ITIME : | Current local time (hour/minutes/seconds) | |
• KILL : | Send a signal to a process | |
• KIND : | Kind of an entity | |
• LBOUND : | Lower dimension bounds of an array | |
• LEADZ : | Number of leading zero bits of an integer | |
• LEN : | Length of a character entity | |
• LEN_TRIM : | Length of a character entity without trailing blank characters | |
• LGE : | Lexical greater than or equal | |
• LGT : | Lexical greater than | |
• LINK : | Create a hard link | |
• LLE : | Lexical less than or equal | |
• LLT : | Lexical less than | |
• LNBLNK : | Index of the last non-blank character in a string | |
• LOC : | Returns the address of a variable | |
• LOG : | Logarithm function | |
• LOG10 : | Base 10 logarithm function | |
• LOG_GAMMA : | Logarithm of the Gamma function | |
• LOGICAL : | Convert to logical type | |
• LONG : | Convert to integer type | |
• LSHIFT : | Left shift bits | |
• LSTAT : | Get file status | |
• LTIME : | Convert time to local time info | |
• MALLOC : | Dynamic memory allocation function | |
• MATMUL : | matrix multiplication | |
• MAX : | Maximum value of an argument list | |
• MAXEXPONENT : | Maximum exponent of a real kind | |
• MAXLOC : | Location of the maximum value within an array | |
• MAXVAL : | Maximum value of an array | |
• MCLOCK : | Time function | |
• MCLOCK8 : | Time function (64-bit) | |
• MERGE : | Merge arrays | |
• MIN : | Minimum value of an argument list | |
• MINEXPONENT : | Minimum exponent of a real kind | |
• MINLOC : | Location of the minimum value within an array | |
• MINVAL : | Minimum value of an array | |
• MOD : | Remainder function | |
• MODULO : | Modulo function | |
• MOVE_ALLOC : | Move allocation from one object to another | |
• MVBITS : | Move bits from one integer to another | |
• NEAREST : | Nearest representable number | |
• NEW_LINE : | New line character | |
• NINT : | Nearest whole number | |
• NOT : | Logical negation | |
• NULL : | Function that returns an disassociated pointer | |
• OR : | Bitwise logical OR | |
• PACK : | Pack an array into an array of rank one | |
• PERROR : | Print system error message | |
• PRECISION : | Decimal precision of a real kind | |
• PRESENT : | Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specified | |
• PRODUCT : | Product of array elements | |
• RADIX : | Base of a data model | |
• RANDOM_NUMBER : | Pseudo-random number | |
• RANDOM_SEED : | Initialize a pseudo-random number sequence | |
• RAND : | Real pseudo-random number | |
• RANGE : | Decimal exponent range | |
• RAN : | Real pseudo-random number | |
• REAL : | Convert to real type | |
• RENAME : | Rename a file | |
• REPEAT : | Repeated string concatenation | |
• RESHAPE : | Function to reshape an array | |
• RRSPACING : | Reciprocal of the relative spacing | |
• RSHIFT : | Right shift bits | |
• SCALE : | Scale a real value | |
• SCAN : | Scan a string for the presence of a set of characters | |
• SECNDS : | Time function | |
• SECOND : | CPU time function | |
• SELECTED_CHAR_KIND : | Choose character kind | |
• SELECTED_INT_KIND : | Choose integer kind | |
• SELECTED_REAL_KIND : | Choose real kind | |
• SET_EXPONENT : | Set the exponent of the model | |
• SHAPE : | Determine the shape of an array | |
• SIGN : | Sign copying function | |
• SIGNAL : | Signal handling subroutine (or function) | |
• SIN : | Sine function | |
• SINH : | Hyperbolic sine function | |
• SIZE : | Function to determine the size of an array | |
• SIZEOF : | Determine the size in bytes of an expression | |
• SLEEP : | Sleep for the specified number of seconds | |
• SNGL : | Convert double precision real to default real | |
• SPACING : | Smallest distance between two numbers of a given type | |
• SPREAD : | Add a dimension to an array | |
• SQRT : | Square-root function | |
• SRAND : | Reinitialize the random number generator | |
• STAT : | Get file status | |
• SUM : | Sum of array elements | |
• SYMLNK : | Create a symbolic link | |
• SYSTEM : | Execute a shell command | |
• SYSTEM_CLOCK : | Time function | |
• TAN : | Tangent function | |
• TANH : | Hyperbolic tangent function | |
• TIME : | Time function | |
• TIME8 : | Time function (64-bit) | |
• TINY : | Smallest positive number of a real kind | |
• TRAILZ : | Number of trailing zero bits of an integer | |
• TRANSFER : | Transfer bit patterns | |
• TRANSPOSE : | Transpose an array of rank two | |
• TRIM : | Remove trailing blank characters of a string | |
• TTYNAM : | Get the name of a terminal device. | |
• UBOUND : | Upper dimension bounds of an array | |
• UMASK : | Set the file creation mask | |
• UNLINK : | Remove a file from the file system | |
• UNPACK : | Unpack an array of rank one into an array | |
• VERIFY : | Scan a string for the absence of a set of characters | |
• XOR : | Bitwise logical exclusive or |
Next: ABORT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
The intrinsic procedures provided by GNU Fortran include all of the intrinsic procedures required by the Fortran 95 standard, a set of intrinsic procedures for backwards compatibility with G77, and a selection of intrinsic procedures from the Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 standards. Any conflict between a description here and a description in either the Fortran 95 standard, the Fortran 2003 standard or the Fortran 2008 standard is unintentional, and the standard(s) should be considered authoritative.
The enumeration of the KIND
type parameter is processor defined in
the Fortran 95 standard. GNU Fortran defines the default integer type and
default real type by INTEGER(KIND=4)
and REAL(KIND=4)
,
respectively. The standard mandates that both data types shall have
another kind, which have more precision. On typical target architectures
supported by gfortran
, this kind type parameter is KIND=8
.
Hence, REAL(KIND=8)
and DOUBLE PRECISION
are equivalent.
In the description of generic intrinsic procedures, the kind type parameter
will be specified by KIND=*
, and in the description of specific
names for an intrinsic procedure the kind type parameter will be explicitly
given (e.g., REAL(KIND=4)
or REAL(KIND=8)
). Finally, for
brevity the optional KIND=
syntax will be omitted.
Many of the intrinsic procedures take one or more optional arguments. This document follows the convention used in the Fortran 95 standard, and denotes such arguments by square brackets.
GNU Fortran offers the -std=f95 and -std=gnu options,
which can be used to restrict the set of intrinsic procedures to a
given standard. By default, gfortran
sets the -std=gnu
option, and so all intrinsic procedures described here are accepted. There
is one caveat. For a select group of intrinsic procedures, g77
implemented both a function and a subroutine. Both classes
have been implemented in gfortran
for backwards compatibility
with g77
. It is noted here that these functions and subroutines
cannot be intermixed in a given subprogram. In the descriptions that follow,
the applicable standard for each intrinsic procedure is noted.
Next: ABS, Previous: Introduction to Intrinsics, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ABORT
— Abort the programABORT
causes immediate termination of the program. On operating
systems that support a core dump, ABORT
will produce a core dump even if
the option -fno-dump-core is in effect, which is suitable for debugging
purposes.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL ABORT
Does not return.
program test_abort integer :: i = 1, j = 2 if (i /= j) call abort end program test_abort
Next: ACCESS, Previous: ABORT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ABS
— Absolute valueABS(A)
computes the absolute value of A
.
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Elemental function
RESULT = ABS(A)
A | The type of the argument shall be an INTEGER ,
REAL , or COMPLEX . |
The return value is of the same type and
kind as the argument except the return value is REAL
for a
COMPLEX
argument.
program test_abs integer :: i = -1 real :: x = -1.e0 complex :: z = (-1.e0,0.e0) i = abs(i) x = abs(x) x = abs(z) end program test_abs
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
CABS(A) | COMPLEX(4) Z | REAL(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
DABS(A) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
IABS(A) | INTEGER(4) I | INTEGER(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
ZABS(A) | COMPLEX(8) Z | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
CDABS(A) | COMPLEX(8) Z | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
Next: ACHAR, Previous: ABS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ACCESS
— Checks file access modesACCESS(NAME, MODE)
checks whether the file NAME
exists, is readable, writable or executable. Except for the
executable check, ACCESS
can be replaced by
Fortran 95’s INQUIRE
.
GNU extension
Inquiry function
RESULT = ACCESS(NAME, MODE)
NAME | Scalar CHARACTER of default kind with the
file name. Tailing blank are ignored unless the character achar(0)
is present, then all characters up to and excluding achar(0) are
used as file name. |
MODE | Scalar CHARACTER of default kind with the
file access mode, may be any concatenation of "r" (readable),
"w" (writable) and "x" (executable), or " " to check
for existence. |
Returns a scalar INTEGER
, which is 0
if the file is
accessible in the given mode; otherwise or if an invalid argument
has been given for MODE
the value 1
is returned.
program access_test implicit none character(len=*), parameter :: file = 'test.dat' character(len=*), parameter :: file2 = 'test.dat '//achar(0) if(access(file,' ') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is exists' if(access(file,'r') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is readable' if(access(file,'w') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is writable' if(access(file,'x') == 0) print *, trim(file),' is executable' if(access(file2,'rwx') == 0) & print *, trim(file2),' is readable, writable and executable' end program access_test
Next: ACOS, Previous: ACCESS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ACHAR
— Character in ASCII collating sequenceACHAR(I)
returns the character located at position I
in the ASCII collating sequence.
Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ACHAR(I [, KIND])
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type CHARACTER
with a length of one.
If the KIND argument is present, the return value is of the
specified kind and of the default kind otherwise.
program test_achar character c c = achar(32) end program test_achar
See ICHAR for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations.
Next: ACOSH, Previous: ACHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ACOS
— Arccosine functionACOS(X)
computes the arccosine of X (inverse of COS(X)
).
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
RESULT = ACOS(X)
X | The type shall either be REAL with a magnitude that is
less than or equal to one - or the type shall be COMPLEX . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real part of the result is in radians and lies in the range 0 \leq \Re \acos(x) \leq \pi.
program test_acos real(8) :: x = 0.866_8 x = acos(x) end program test_acos
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DACOS(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Inverse function: COS
Next: ADJUSTL, Previous: ACOS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ACOSH
— Inverse hyperbolic cosine functionACOSH(X)
computes the inverse hyperbolic cosine of X.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ACOSH(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value has the same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians and lies between 0 \leq \Im \acosh(x) \leq \pi.
PROGRAM test_acosh REAL(8), DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 /) WRITE (*,*) ACOSH(x) END PROGRAM
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DACOSH(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Inverse function: COSH
Next: ADJUSTR, Previous: ACOSH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ADJUSTL
— Left adjust a stringADJUSTL(STRING)
will left adjust a string by removing leading spaces.
Spaces are inserted at the end of the string as needed.
Fortran 90 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ADJUSTL(STRING)
STRING | The type shall be CHARACTER . |
The return value is of type CHARACTER
and of the same kind as
STRING where leading spaces are removed and the same number of
spaces are inserted on the end of STRING.
program test_adjustl character(len=20) :: str = ' gfortran' str = adjustl(str) print *, str end program test_adjustl
Next: AIMAG, Previous: ADJUSTL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ADJUSTR
— Right adjust a stringADJUSTR(STRING)
will right adjust a string by removing trailing spaces.
Spaces are inserted at the start of the string as needed.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ADJUSTR(STRING)
STR | The type shall be CHARACTER . |
The return value is of type CHARACTER
and of the same kind as
STRING where trailing spaces are removed and the same number of
spaces are inserted at the start of STRING.
program test_adjustr character(len=20) :: str = 'gfortran' str = adjustr(str) print *, str end program test_adjustr
Next: AINT, Previous: ADJUSTR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
AIMAG
— Imaginary part of complex numberAIMAG(Z)
yields the imaginary part of complex argument Z
.
The IMAG(Z)
and IMAGPART(Z)
intrinsic functions are provided
for compatibility with g77
, and their use in new code is
strongly discouraged.
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Elemental function
RESULT = AIMAG(Z)
Z | The type of the argument shall be COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type REAL
with the
kind type parameter of the argument.
program test_aimag complex(4) z4 complex(8) z8 z4 = cmplx(1.e0_4, 0.e0_4) z8 = cmplx(0.e0_8, 1.e0_8) print *, aimag(z4), dimag(z8) end program test_aimag
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DIMAG(Z) | COMPLEX(8) Z | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
IMAG(Z) | COMPLEX Z | REAL | GNU extension |
IMAGPART(Z) | COMPLEX Z | REAL | GNU extension |
Next: ALARM, Previous: AIMAG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
AINT
— Truncate to a whole numberAINT(A [, KIND])
truncates its argument to a whole number.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = AINT(A [, KIND])
A | The type of the argument shall be REAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type REAL
with the kind type parameter of the
argument if the optional KIND is absent; otherwise, the kind
type parameter will be given by KIND. If the magnitude of
X is less than one, AINT(X)
returns zero. If the
magnitude is equal to or greater than one then it returns the largest
whole number that does not exceed its magnitude. The sign is the same
as the sign of X.
program test_aint real(4) x4 real(8) x8 x4 = 1.234E0_4 x8 = 4.321_8 print *, aint(x4), dint(x8) x8 = aint(x4,8) end program test_aint
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DINT(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: ALL, Previous: AINT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ALARM
— Execute a routine after a given delayALARM(SECONDS, HANDLER [, STATUS])
causes external subroutine HANDLER
to be executed after a delay of SECONDS by using alarm(2)
to
set up a signal and signal(2)
to catch it. If STATUS is
supplied, it will be returned with the number of seconds remaining until
any previously scheduled alarm was due to be delivered, or zero if there
was no previously scheduled alarm.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL ALARM(SECONDS, HANDLER [, STATUS])
SECONDS | The type of the argument shall be a scalar
INTEGER . It is INTENT(IN) . |
HANDLER | Signal handler (INTEGER FUNCTION or
SUBROUTINE ) or dummy/global INTEGER scalar. The scalar
values may be either SIG_IGN=1 to ignore the alarm generated
or SIG_DFL=0 to set the default action. It is INTENT(IN) . |
STATUS | (Optional) STATUS shall be a scalar
variable of the default INTEGER kind. It is INTENT(OUT) . |
program test_alarm external handler_print integer i call alarm (3, handler_print, i) print *, i call sleep(10) end program test_alarm
This will cause the external routine handler_print to be called after 3 seconds.
Next: ALLOCATED, Previous: ALARM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ALL
— All values in MASK along DIM are trueALL(MASK [, DIM])
determines if all the values are true in MASK
in the array along dimension DIM.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = ALL(MASK [, DIM])
MASK | The type of the argument shall be LOGICAL and
it shall not be scalar. |
DIM | (Optional) DIM shall be a scalar integer with a value that lies between one and the rank of MASK. |
ALL(MASK)
returns a scalar value of type LOGICAL
where
the kind type parameter is the same as the kind type parameter of
MASK. If DIM is present, then ALL(MASK, DIM)
returns
an array with the rank of MASK minus 1. The shape is determined from
the shape of MASK where the DIM dimension is elided.
ALL(MASK)
is true if all elements of MASK are true.
It also is true if MASK has zero size; otherwise, it is false.
If the rank of MASK is one, then ALL(MASK,DIM)
is equivalent
to ALL(MASK)
. If the rank is greater than one, then ALL(MASK,DIM)
is determined by applying ALL
to the array sections.
program test_all logical l l = all((/.true., .true., .true./)) print *, l call section contains subroutine section integer a(2,3), b(2,3) a = 1 b = 1 b(2,2) = 2 print *, all(a .eq. b, 1) print *, all(a .eq. b, 2) end subroutine section end program test_all
Next: AND, Previous: ALL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ALLOCATED
— Status of an allocatable entityALLOCATED(ARRAY)
checks the status of whether X is allocated.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = ALLOCATED(ARRAY)
ARRAY | The argument shall be an ALLOCATABLE array. |
The return value is a scalar LOGICAL
with the default logical
kind type parameter. If ARRAY is allocated, ALLOCATED(ARRAY)
is .TRUE.
; otherwise, it returns .FALSE.
program test_allocated integer :: i = 4 real(4), allocatable :: x(:) if (.not. allocated(x)) allocate(x(i)) end program test_allocated
Next: ANINT, Previous: ALLOCATED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
AND
— Bitwise logical ANDBitwise logical AND
.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the IAND intrinsic defined by the Fortran standard.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = AND(I, J)
I | The type shall be either a scalar INTEGER
type or a scalar LOGICAL type. |
J | The type shall be the same as the type of I. |
The return type is either a scalar INTEGER
or a scalar
LOGICAL
. If the kind type parameters differ, then the
smaller kind type is implicitly converted to larger kind, and the
return has the larger kind.
PROGRAM test_and LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE. INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' / WRITE (*,*) AND(T, T), AND(T, F), AND(F, T), AND(F, F) WRITE (*,*) AND(a, b) END PROGRAM
Fortran 95 elemental function: IAND
Next: ANY, Previous: AND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ANINT
— Nearest whole numberANINT(A [, KIND])
rounds its argument to the nearest whole number.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ANINT(A [, KIND])
A | The type of the argument shall be REAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type real with the kind type parameter of the
argument if the optional KIND is absent; otherwise, the kind
type parameter will be given by KIND. If A is greater than
zero, ANINT(A)
returns AINT(X+0.5)
. If A is
less than or equal to zero then it returns AINT(X-0.5)
.
program test_anint real(4) x4 real(8) x8 x4 = 1.234E0_4 x8 = 4.321_8 print *, anint(x4), dnint(x8) x8 = anint(x4,8) end program test_anint
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DNINT(A) | REAL(8) A | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: ASIN, Previous: ANINT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ANY
— Any value in MASK along DIM is trueANY(MASK [, DIM])
determines if any of the values in the logical array
MASK along dimension DIM are .TRUE.
.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = ANY(MASK [, DIM])
MASK | The type of the argument shall be LOGICAL and
it shall not be scalar. |
DIM | (Optional) DIM shall be a scalar integer with a value that lies between one and the rank of MASK. |
ANY(MASK)
returns a scalar value of type LOGICAL
where
the kind type parameter is the same as the kind type parameter of
MASK. If DIM is present, then ANY(MASK, DIM)
returns
an array with the rank of MASK minus 1. The shape is determined from
the shape of MASK where the DIM dimension is elided.
ANY(MASK)
is true if any element of MASK is true;
otherwise, it is false. It also is false if MASK has zero size.
If the rank of MASK is one, then ANY(MASK,DIM)
is equivalent
to ANY(MASK)
. If the rank is greater than one, then ANY(MASK,DIM)
is determined by applying ANY
to the array sections.
program test_any logical l l = any((/.true., .true., .true./)) print *, l call section contains subroutine section integer a(2,3), b(2,3) a = 1 b = 1 b(2,2) = 2 print *, any(a .eq. b, 1) print *, any(a .eq. b, 2) end subroutine section end program test_any
Next: ASINH, Previous: ANY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ASIN
— Arcsine functionASIN(X)
computes the arcsine of its X (inverse of SIN(X)
).
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
RESULT = ASIN(X)
X | The type shall be either REAL and a magnitude that is
less than or equal to one - or be COMPLEX . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real part of the result is in radians and lies in the range -\pi/2 \leq \Re \asin(x) \leq \pi/2.
program test_asin real(8) :: x = 0.866_8 x = asin(x) end program test_asin
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DASIN(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Inverse function: SIN
Next: ASSOCIATED, Previous: ASIN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ASINH
— Inverse hyperbolic sine functionASINH(X)
computes the inverse hyperbolic sine of X.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ASINH(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians and lies between -\pi/2 \leq \Im \asinh(x) \leq \pi/2.
PROGRAM test_asinh REAL(8), DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ -1.0, 0.0, 1.0 /) WRITE (*,*) ASINH(x) END PROGRAM
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DASINH(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension. |
Inverse function: SINH
Next: ATAN, Previous: ASINH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ASSOCIATED
— Status of a pointer or pointer/target pairASSOCIATED(POINTER [, TARGET])
determines the status of the pointer
POINTER or if POINTER is associated with the target TARGET.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = ASSOCIATED(POINTER [, TARGET])
POINTER | POINTER shall have the POINTER attribute
and it can be of any type. |
TARGET | (Optional) TARGET shall be a pointer or a target. It must have the same type, kind type parameter, and array rank as POINTER. |
The association status of neither POINTER nor TARGET shall be undefined.
ASSOCIATED(POINTER)
returns a scalar value of type LOGICAL(4)
.
There are several cases:
ASSOCIATED(POINTER)
is true if POINTER is associated with a target; otherwise, it returns false.
TARGET is not a zero-sized storage sequence and the target associated with POINTER occupies the same storage units. If POINTER is disassociated, the result is false.
TARGET and POINTER have the same shape, are not zero-sized arrays, are arrays whose elements are not zero-sized storage sequences, and TARGET and POINTER occupy the same storage units in array element order. As in case(B), the result is false, if POINTER is disassociated.
if TARGET is associated with POINTER, the target associated with TARGET are not zero-sized storage sequences and occupy the same storage units. The result is false, if either TARGET or POINTER is disassociated.
target associated with POINTER and the target associated with TARGET have the same shape, are not zero-sized arrays, are arrays whose elements are not zero-sized storage sequences, and TARGET and POINTER occupy the same storage units in array element order. The result is false, if either TARGET or POINTER is disassociated.
program test_associated implicit none real, target :: tgt(2) = (/1., 2./) real, pointer :: ptr(:) ptr => tgt if (associated(ptr) .eqv. .false.) call abort if (associated(ptr,tgt) .eqv. .false.) call abort end program test_associated
Next: ATAN2, Previous: ASSOCIATED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ATAN
— Arctangent functionATAN(X)
computes the arctangent of X.
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument and for two arguments Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
RESULT = ATAN(X)
RESULT = ATAN(Y, X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX ;
if Y is present, X shall be REAL. |
Y shall be of the same type and kind as X. |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X.
If Y is present, the result is identical to ATAN2(Y,X)
.
Otherwise, it the arcus tangent of X, where the real part of
the result is in radians and lies in the range
-\pi/2 \leq \Re \atan(x) \leq \pi/2.
program test_atan real(8) :: x = 2.866_8 x = atan(x) end program test_atan
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DATAN(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Inverse function: TAN
Next: ATANH, Previous: ATAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ATAN2
— Arctangent functionATAN2(Y, X)
computes the principal value of the argument
function of the complex number X + i Y. This function can
be used to transform from carthesian into polar coordinates and
allows to determine the angle in the correct quadrant.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ATAN2(Y, X)
Y | The type shall be REAL . |
X | The type and kind type parameter shall be the same as Y. If Y is zero, then X must be nonzero. |
The return value has the same type and kind type parameter as Y. It is the principal value of the complex number X + i Y. If X is nonzero, then it lies in the range -\pi \le \atan (x) \leq \pi. The sign is positive if Y is positive. If Y is zero, then the return value is zero if X is positive and \pi if X is negative. Finally, if X is zero, then the magnitude of the result is \pi/2.
program test_atan2 real(4) :: x = 1.e0_4, y = 0.5e0_4 x = atan2(y,x) end program test_atan2
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DATAN2(X, Y) | REAL(8) X , REAL(8) Y | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: BESSEL_J0, Previous: ATAN2, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ATANH
— Inverse hyperbolic tangent functionATANH(X)
computes the inverse hyperbolic tangent of X.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ATANH(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians and lies between -\pi/2 \leq \Im \atanh(x) \leq \pi/2.
PROGRAM test_atanh REAL, DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ -1.0, 0.0, 1.0 /) WRITE (*,*) ATANH(x) END PROGRAM
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DATANH(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Inverse function: TANH
Next: BESSEL_J1, Previous: ATANH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BESSEL_J0
— Bessel function of the first kind of order 0BESSEL_J0(X)
computes the Bessel function of the first kind of
order 0 of X. This function is available under the name
BESJ0
as a GNU extension.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = BESSEL_J0(X)
X | The type shall be REAL , and it shall be scalar. |
The return value is of type REAL
and lies in the
range - 0.4027... \leq Bessel (0,x) \leq 1. It has the same
kind as X.
program test_besj0 real(8) :: x = 0.0_8 x = bessel_j0(x) end program test_besj0
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DBESJ0(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Next: BESSEL_JN, Previous: BESSEL_J0, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BESSEL_J1
— Bessel function of the first kind of order 1BESSEL_J1(X)
computes the Bessel function of the first kind of
order 1 of X. This function is available under the name
BESJ1
as a GNU extension.
Fortran 2008
Elemental function
RESULT = BESSEL_J1(X)
X | The type shall be REAL , and it shall be scalar. |
The return value is of type REAL
and it lies in the
range - 0.5818... \leq Bessel (0,x) \leq 0.5818 . It has the same
kind as X.
program test_besj1 real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_j1(x) end program test_besj1
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DBESJ1(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Next: BESSEL_Y0, Previous: BESSEL_J1, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BESSEL_JN
— Bessel function of the first kindBESSEL_JN(N, X)
computes the Bessel function of the first kind of
order N of X. This function is available under the name
BESJN
as a GNU extension.
If both arguments are arrays, their ranks and shapes shall conform.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = BESSEL_JN(N, X)
N | Shall be a scalar or an array of type INTEGER . |
X | Shall be a scalar or an array of type REAL . |
The return value is a scalar of type REAL
. It has the same
kind as X.
program test_besjn real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_jn(5,x) end program test_besjn
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DBESJN(N, X) | INTEGER N | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
REAL(8) X |
Next: BESSEL_Y1, Previous: BESSEL_JN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BESSEL_Y0
— Bessel function of the second kind of order 0BESSEL_Y0(X)
computes the Bessel function of the second kind of
order 0 of X. This function is available under the name
BESY0
as a GNU extension.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = BESSEL_Y0(X)
X | The type shall be REAL , and it shall be scalar. |
The return value is a scalar of type REAL
. It has the same
kind as X.
program test_besy0 real(8) :: x = 0.0_8 x = bessel_y0(x) end program test_besy0
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DBESY0(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Next: BESSEL_YN, Previous: BESSEL_Y0, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BESSEL_Y1
— Bessel function of the second kind of order 1BESSEL_Y1(X)
computes the Bessel function of the second kind of
order 1 of X. This function is available under the name
BESY1
as a GNU extension.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = BESSEL_Y1(X)
X | The type shall be REAL , and it shall be scalar. |
The return value is a scalar of type REAL
. It has the same
kind as X.
program test_besy1 real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_y1(x) end program test_besy1
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DBESY1(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Next: BIT_SIZE, Previous: BESSEL_Y1, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BESSEL_YN
— Bessel function of the second kindBESSEL_YN(N, X)
computes the Bessel function of the second kind of
order N of X. This function is available under the name
BESYN
as a GNU extension.
If both arguments are arrays, their ranks and shapes shall conform.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = BESSEL_YN(N, X)
N | Shall be a scalar or an array of type INTEGER . |
X | Shall be a scalar or an array of type REAL . |
The return value is a scalar of type REAL
. It has the same
kind as X.
program test_besyn real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_yn(5,x) end program test_besyn
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DBESYN(N,X) | INTEGER N | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
REAL(8) X |
Next: BTEST, Previous: BESSEL_YN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BIT_SIZE
— Bit size inquiry functionBIT_SIZE(I)
returns the number of bits (integer precision plus sign bit)
represented by the type of I. The result of BIT_SIZE(I)
is
independent of the actual value of I.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = BIT_SIZE(I)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
program test_bit_size integer :: i = 123 integer :: size size = bit_size(i) print *, size end program test_bit_size
Next: C_ASSOCIATED, Previous: BIT_SIZE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
BTEST
— Bit test functionBTEST(I,POS)
returns logical .TRUE.
if the bit at POS
in I is set. The counting of the bits starts at 0.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = BTEST(I, POS)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
POS | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type LOGICAL
program test_btest integer :: i = 32768 + 1024 + 64 integer :: pos logical :: bool do pos=0,16 bool = btest(i, pos) print *, pos, bool end do end program test_btest
Next: C_FUNLOC, Previous: BTEST, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
C_ASSOCIATED
— Status of a C pointerC_ASSOCIATED(c_prt_1[, c_ptr_2])
determines the status of the C pointer
c_ptr_1 or if c_ptr_1 is associated with the target c_ptr_2.
Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = C_ASSOCIATED(c_prt_1[, c_ptr_2])
c_ptr_1 | Scalar of the type C_PTR or C_FUNPTR . |
c_ptr_2 | (Optional) Scalar of the same type as c_ptr_1. |
The return value is of type LOGICAL
; it is .false.
if either
c_ptr_1 is a C NULL pointer or if c_ptr1 and c_ptr_2
point to different addresses.
subroutine association_test(a,b) use iso_c_binding, only: c_associated, c_loc, c_ptr implicit none real, pointer :: a type(c_ptr) :: b if(c_associated(b, c_loc(a))) & stop 'b and a do not point to same target' end subroutine association_test
Next: C_F_PROCPOINTER, Previous: C_ASSOCIATED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
C_FUNLOC
— Obtain the C address of a procedureC_FUNLOC(x)
determines the C address of the argument.
Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = C_FUNLOC(x)
x | Interoperable function or pointer to such function. |
The return value is of type C_FUNPTR
and contains the C address
of the argument.
module x use iso_c_binding implicit none contains subroutine sub(a) bind(c) real(c_float) :: a a = sqrt(a)+5.0 end subroutine sub end module x program main use iso_c_binding use x implicit none interface subroutine my_routine(p) bind(c,name='myC_func') import :: c_funptr type(c_funptr), intent(in) :: p end subroutine end interface call my_routine(c_funloc(sub)) end program main
Next: C_F_POINTER, Previous: C_FUNLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
C_F_PROCPOINTER
— Convert C into Fortran procedure pointerC_F_PROCPOINTER(CPTR, FPTR)
Assign the target of the C function pointer
CPTR to the Fortran procedure pointer FPTR.
Fortran 2003 and later
Subroutine
CALL C_F_PROCPOINTER(cptr, fptr)
CPTR | scalar of the type C_FUNPTR . It is
INTENT(IN) . |
FPTR | procedure pointer interoperable with cptr. It is
INTENT(OUT) . |
program main use iso_c_binding implicit none abstract interface function func(a) import :: c_float real(c_float), intent(in) :: a real(c_float) :: func end function end interface interface function getIterFunc() bind(c,name="getIterFunc") import :: c_funptr type(c_funptr) :: getIterFunc end function end interface type(c_funptr) :: cfunptr procedure(func), pointer :: myFunc cfunptr = getIterFunc() call c_f_procpointer(cfunptr, myFunc) end program main
Next: C_LOC, Previous: C_F_PROCPOINTER, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
C_F_POINTER
— Convert C into Fortran pointerC_F_POINTER(CPTR, FPTR[, SHAPE])
Assign the target the C pointer
CPTR to the Fortran pointer FPTR and specify its
shape.
Fortran 2003 and later
Subroutine
CALL C_F_POINTER(CPTR, FPTR[, SHAPE])
CPTR | scalar of the type C_PTR . It is
INTENT(IN) . |
FPTR | pointer interoperable with cptr. It is
INTENT(OUT) . |
SHAPE | (Optional) Rank-one array of type INTEGER
with INTENT(IN) . It shall be present
if and only if fptr is an array. The size
must be equal to the rank of fptr. |
program main use iso_c_binding implicit none interface subroutine my_routine(p) bind(c,name='myC_func') import :: c_ptr type(c_ptr), intent(out) :: p end subroutine end interface type(c_ptr) :: cptr real,pointer :: a(:) call my_routine(cptr) call c_f_pointer(cptr, a, [12]) end program main
Next: C_SIZEOF, Previous: C_F_POINTER, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
C_LOC
— Obtain the C address of an objectC_LOC(X)
determines the C address of the argument.
Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = C_LOC(X)
X | Associated scalar pointer or interoperable scalar
or allocated allocatable variable with TARGET attribute. |
The return value is of type C_PTR
and contains the C address
of the argument.
subroutine association_test(a,b) use iso_c_binding, only: c_associated, c_loc, c_ptr implicit none real, pointer :: a type(c_ptr) :: b if(c_associated(b, c_loc(a))) & stop 'b and a do not point to same target' end subroutine association_test
Next: CEILING, Previous: C_LOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
C_SIZEOF
— Size in bytes of an expressionC_SIZEOF(X)
calculates the number of bytes of storage the
expression X
occupies.
Fortran 2008
Intrinsic function
N = C_SIZEOF(X)
X | The argument shall be of any type, rank or shape. |
The return value is of type integer and of the system-dependent kind
C_SIZE_T (from the ISO_C_BINDING module). Its value is the
number of bytes occupied by the argument. If the argument has the
POINTER
attribute, the number of bytes of the storage area pointed
to is returned. If the argument is of a derived type with POINTER
or ALLOCATABLE
components, the return value doesn’t account for
the sizes of the data pointed to by these components.
use iso_c_binding integer(c_int) :: i real(c_float) :: r, s(5) print *, (c_sizeof(s)/c_sizeof(r) == 5) end
The example will print .TRUE.
unless you are using a platform
where default REAL
variables are unusually padded.
Next: CHAR, Previous: C_SIZEOF, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CEILING
— Integer ceiling functionCEILING(A)
returns the least integer greater than or equal to A.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = CEILING(A [, KIND])
A | The type shall be REAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER(KIND)
if KIND is present
and a default-kind INTEGER
otherwise.
program test_ceiling real :: x = 63.29 real :: y = -63.59 print *, ceiling(x) ! returns 64 print *, ceiling(y) ! returns -63 end program test_ceiling
Next: CHDIR, Previous: CEILING, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CHAR
— Character conversion functionCHAR(I [, KIND])
returns the character represented by the integer I.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = CHAR(I [, KIND])
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type CHARACTER(1)
program test_char integer :: i = 74 character(1) :: c c = char(i) print *, i, c ! returns 'J' end program test_char
See ICHAR for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations.
Next: CHMOD, Previous: CHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CHDIR
— Change working directoryChange current working directory to a specified path.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL CHDIR(NAME [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = CHDIR(NAME) |
NAME | The type shall be CHARACTER of default
kind and shall specify a valid path within the file system. |
STATUS | (Optional) INTEGER status flag of the default
kind. Returns 0 on success, and a system specific and nonzero error code
otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_chdir CHARACTER(len=255) :: path CALL getcwd(path) WRITE(*,*) TRIM(path) CALL chdir("/tmp") CALL getcwd(path) WRITE(*,*) TRIM(path) END PROGRAM
Next: CMPLX, Previous: CHDIR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CHMOD
— Change access permissions of filesCHMOD
changes the permissions of a file. This function invokes
/bin/chmod
and might therefore not work on all platforms.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL CHMOD(NAME, MODE[, STATUS]) |
STATUS = CHMOD(NAME, MODE) |
NAME | Scalar CHARACTER of default kind with the
file name. Trailing blanks are ignored unless the character
achar(0) is present, then all characters up to and excluding
achar(0) are used as the file name. |
MODE | Scalar CHARACTER of default kind giving the
file permission. MODE uses the same syntax as the MODE
argument of /bin/chmod . |
STATUS | (optional) scalar INTEGER , which is
0 on success and nonzero otherwise. |
In either syntax, STATUS is set to 0
on success and nonzero
otherwise.
CHMOD
as subroutine
program chmod_test implicit none integer :: status call chmod('test.dat','u+x',status) print *, 'Status: ', status end program chmod_test
CHMOD
as function:
program chmod_test implicit none integer :: status status = chmod('test.dat','u+x') print *, 'Status: ', status end program chmod_test
Next: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT, Previous: CHMOD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CMPLX
— Complex conversion functionCMPLX(X [, Y [, KIND]])
returns a complex number where X is converted to
the real component. If Y is present it is converted to the imaginary
component. If Y is not present then the imaginary component is set to
0.0. If X is complex then Y must not be present.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = CMPLX(X [, Y [, KIND]])
X | The type may be INTEGER , REAL ,
or COMPLEX . |
Y | (Optional; only allowed if X is not
COMPLEX .) May be INTEGER or REAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of COMPLEX
type, with a kind equal to
KIND if it is specified. If KIND is not specified, the
result is of the default COMPLEX
kind, regardless of the kinds of
X and Y.
program test_cmplx integer :: i = 42 real :: x = 3.14 complex :: z z = cmplx(i, x) print *, z, cmplx(x) end program test_cmplx
Next: COMPLEX, Previous: CMPLX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
— Get number of command line argumentsCOMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT()
returns the number of arguments passed on the
command line when the containing program was invoked.
Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT()
None |
The return value is an INTEGER
of default kind.
program test_command_argument_count integer :: count count = command_argument_count() print *, count end program test_command_argument_count
Next: CONJG, Previous: COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
COMPLEX
— Complex conversion functionCOMPLEX(X, Y)
returns a complex number where X is converted
to the real component and Y is converted to the imaginary
component.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = COMPLEX(X, Y)
X | The type may be INTEGER or REAL . |
Y | The type may be INTEGER or REAL . |
If X and Y are both of INTEGER
type, then the return
value is of default COMPLEX
type.
If X and Y are of REAL
type, or one is of REAL
type and one is of INTEGER
type, then the return value is of
COMPLEX
type with a kind equal to that of the REAL
argument with the highest precision.
program test_complex integer :: i = 42 real :: x = 3.14 print *, complex(i, x) end program test_complex
Next: COS, Previous: COMPLEX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CONJG
— Complex conjugate functionCONJG(Z)
returns the conjugate of Z. If Z is (x, y)
then the result is (x, -y)
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Elemental function
Z = CONJG(Z)
Z | The type shall be COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type COMPLEX
.
program test_conjg complex :: z = (2.0, 3.0) complex(8) :: dz = (2.71_8, -3.14_8) z= conjg(z) print *, z dz = dconjg(dz) print *, dz end program test_conjg
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DCONJG(Z) | COMPLEX(8) Z | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
Next: COSH, Previous: CONJG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
COS
— Cosine functionCOS(X)
computes the cosine of X.
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Elemental function
RESULT = COS(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or
COMPLEX . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real part
of the result is in radians. If X is of the type REAL
,
the return value lies in the range -1 \leq \cos (x) \leq 1.
program test_cos real :: x = 0.0 x = cos(x) end program test_cos
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DCOS(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
CCOS(X) | COMPLEX(4) X | COMPLEX(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
ZCOS(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
CDCOS(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
Inverse function: ACOS
Next: COUNT, Previous: COS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
COSH
— Hyperbolic cosine functionCOSH(X)
computes the hyperbolic cosine of X.
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
X = COSH(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X. If X is
complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians. If X
is REAL
, the return value has a lower bound of one,
\cosh (x) \geq 1.
program test_cosh real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = cosh(x) end program test_cosh
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DCOSH(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Inverse function: ACOSH
Next: CPU_TIME, Previous: COSH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
COUNT
— Count functionCounts the number of .TRUE.
elements in a logical MASK,
or, if the DIM argument is supplied, counts the number of
elements along each row of the array in the DIM direction.
If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are
.FALSE.
, then the result is 0
.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = COUNT(MASK [, DIM, KIND])
MASK | The type shall be LOGICAL . |
DIM | (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less
than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the shape
of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed.
program test_count integer, dimension(2,3) :: a, b logical, dimension(2,3) :: mask a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 /), (/ 2, 3 /)) b = reshape( (/ 0, 7, 3, 4, 5, 8 /), (/ 2, 3 /)) print '(3i3)', a(1,:) print '(3i3)', a(2,:) print * print '(3i3)', b(1,:) print '(3i3)', b(2,:) print * mask = a.ne.b print '(3l3)', mask(1,:) print '(3l3)', mask(2,:) print * print '(3i3)', count(mask) print * print '(3i3)', count(mask, 1) print * print '(3i3)', count(mask, 2) end program test_count
Next: CSHIFT, Previous: COUNT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CPU_TIME
— CPU elapsed time in secondsReturns a REAL
value representing the elapsed CPU time in
seconds. This is useful for testing segments of code to determine
execution time.
If a time source is available, time will be reported with microsecond
resolution. If no time source is available, TIME is set to
-1.0
.
Note that TIME may contain a, system dependent, arbitrary offset
and may not start with 0.0
. For CPU_TIME
, the absolute
value is meaningless, only differences between subsequent calls to
this subroutine, as shown in the example below, should be used.
Fortran 95 and later
Subroutine
CALL CPU_TIME(TIME)
TIME | The type shall be REAL with INTENT(OUT) . |
None
program test_cpu_time real :: start, finish call cpu_time(start) ! put code to test here call cpu_time(finish) print '("Time = ",f6.3," seconds.")',finish-start end program test_cpu_time
Next: CTIME, Previous: CPU_TIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CSHIFT
— Circular shift elements of an arrayCSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, DIM])
performs a circular shift on elements of
ARRAY along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is omitted it is
taken to be 1
. DIM is a scalar of type INTEGER
in the
range of 1 \leq DIM \leq n) where n is the rank of ARRAY.
If the rank of ARRAY is one, then all elements of ARRAY are shifted
by SHIFT places. If rank is greater than one, then all complete rank one
sections of ARRAY along the given dimension are shifted. Elements
shifted out one end of each rank one section are shifted back in the other end.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = CSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, DIM])
ARRAY | Shall be an array of any type. |
SHIFT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
DIM | The type shall be INTEGER . |
Returns an array of same type and rank as the ARRAY argument.
program test_cshift integer, dimension(3,3) :: a a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 /), (/ 3, 3 /)) print '(3i3)', a(1,:) print '(3i3)', a(2,:) print '(3i3)', a(3,:) a = cshift(a, SHIFT=(/1, 2, -1/), DIM=2) print * print '(3i3)', a(1,:) print '(3i3)', a(2,:) print '(3i3)', a(3,:) end program test_cshift
Next: DATE_AND_TIME, Previous: CSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
CTIME
— Convert a time into a stringCTIME
converts a system time value, such as returned by
TIME8()
, to a string of the form ‘Sat Aug 19 18:13:14 1995’.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL CTIME(TIME, RESULT) . |
RESULT = CTIME(TIME) , (not recommended). |
TIME | The type shall be of type INTEGER(KIND=8) . |
RESULT | The type shall be of type CHARACTER and
of default kind. |
The converted date and time as a string.
program test_ctime integer(8) :: i character(len=30) :: date i = time8() ! Do something, main part of the program call ctime(i,date) print *, 'Program was started on ', date end program test_ctime
Next: DBLE, Previous: CTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DATE_AND_TIME
— Date and time subroutineDATE_AND_TIME(DATE, TIME, ZONE, VALUES)
gets the corresponding date and
time information from the real-time system clock. DATE is
INTENT(OUT)
and has form ccyymmdd. TIME is INTENT(OUT)
and
has form hhmmss.sss. ZONE is INTENT(OUT)
and has form (+-)hhmm,
representing the difference with respect to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
Unavailable time and date parameters return blanks.
VALUES is INTENT(OUT)
and provides the following:
VALUE(1) : | The year | |
VALUE(2) : | The month | |
VALUE(3) : | The day of the month | |
VALUE(4) : | Time difference with UTC in minutes | |
VALUE(5) : | The hour of the day | |
VALUE(6) : | The minutes of the hour | |
VALUE(7) : | The seconds of the minute | |
VALUE(8) : | The milliseconds of the second |
Fortran 95 and later
Subroutine
CALL DATE_AND_TIME([DATE, TIME, ZONE, VALUES])
DATE | (Optional) The type shall be CHARACTER(LEN=8)
or larger, and of default kind. |
TIME | (Optional) The type shall be CHARACTER(LEN=10)
or larger, and of default kind. |
ZONE | (Optional) The type shall be CHARACTER(LEN=5)
or larger, and of default kind. |
VALUES | (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER(8) . |
None
program test_time_and_date character(8) :: date character(10) :: time character(5) :: zone integer,dimension(8) :: values ! using keyword arguments call date_and_time(date,time,zone,values) call date_and_time(DATE=date,ZONE=zone) call date_and_time(TIME=time) call date_and_time(VALUES=values) print '(a,2x,a,2x,a)', date, time, zone print '(8i5))', values end program test_time_and_date
Next: DCMPLX, Previous: DATE_AND_TIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DBLE
— Double conversion functionDBLE(A)
Converts A to double precision real type.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = DBLE(A)
A | The type shall be INTEGER , REAL ,
or COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type double precision real.
program test_dble real :: x = 2.18 integer :: i = 5 complex :: z = (2.3,1.14) print *, dble(x), dble(i), dble(z) end program test_dble
Next: DFLOAT, Previous: DBLE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DCMPLX
— Double complex conversion functionDCMPLX(X [,Y])
returns a double complex number where X is
converted to the real component. If Y is present it is converted to the
imaginary component. If Y is not present then the imaginary component is
set to 0.0. If X is complex then Y must not be present.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = DCMPLX(X [, Y])
X | The type may be INTEGER , REAL ,
or COMPLEX . |
Y | (Optional if X is not COMPLEX .) May be
INTEGER or REAL . |
The return value is of type COMPLEX(8)
program test_dcmplx integer :: i = 42 real :: x = 3.14 complex :: z z = cmplx(i, x) print *, dcmplx(i) print *, dcmplx(x) print *, dcmplx(z) print *, dcmplx(x,i) end program test_dcmplx
Next: DIGITS, Previous: DCMPLX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DFLOAT
— Double conversion functionDFLOAT(A)
Converts A to double precision real type.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = DFLOAT(A)
A | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type double precision real.
program test_dfloat integer :: i = 5 print *, dfloat(i) end program test_dfloat
Next: DIM, Previous: DFLOAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DIGITS
— Significant binary digits functionDIGITS(X)
returns the number of significant binary digits of the internal
model representation of X. For example, on a system using a 32-bit
floating point representation, a default real number would likely return 24.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = DIGITS(X)
X | The type may be INTEGER or REAL . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
.
program test_digits integer :: i = 12345 real :: x = 3.143 real(8) :: y = 2.33 print *, digits(i) print *, digits(x) print *, digits(y) end program test_digits
Next: DOT_PRODUCT, Previous: DIGITS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DIM
— Positive differenceDIM(X,Y)
returns the difference X-Y
if the result is positive;
otherwise returns zero.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = DIM(X, Y)
X | The type shall be INTEGER or REAL |
Y | The type shall be the same type and kind as X. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
or REAL
.
program test_dim integer :: i real(8) :: x i = dim(4, 15) x = dim(4.345_8, 2.111_8) print *, i print *, x end program test_dim
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
IDIM(X,Y) | INTEGER(4) X,Y | INTEGER(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
DDIM(X,Y) | REAL(8) X,Y | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: DPROD, Previous: DIM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DOT_PRODUCT
— Dot product functionDOT_PRODUCT(VECTOR_A, VECTOR_B)
computes the dot product multiplication
of two vectors VECTOR_A and VECTOR_B. The two vectors may be
either numeric or logical and must be arrays of rank one and of equal size. If
the vectors are INTEGER
or REAL
, the result is
SUM(VECTOR_A*VECTOR_B)
. If the vectors are COMPLEX
, the result
is SUM(CONJG(VECTOR_A)*VECTOR_B)
. If the vectors are LOGICAL
,
the result is ANY(VECTOR_A .AND. VECTOR_B)
.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = DOT_PRODUCT(VECTOR_A, VECTOR_B)
VECTOR_A | The type shall be numeric or LOGICAL , rank 1. |
VECTOR_B | The type shall be numeric if VECTOR_A is of numeric type or LOGICAL if VECTOR_A is of type LOGICAL . VECTOR_B shall be a rank-one array. |
If the arguments are numeric, the return value is a scalar of numeric type,
INTEGER
, REAL
, or COMPLEX
. If the arguments are
LOGICAL
, the return value is .TRUE.
or .FALSE.
.
program test_dot_prod integer, dimension(3) :: a, b a = (/ 1, 2, 3 /) b = (/ 4, 5, 6 /) print '(3i3)', a print * print '(3i3)', b print * print *, dot_product(a,b) end program test_dot_prod
Next: DREAL, Previous: DOT_PRODUCT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DPROD
— Double product functionDPROD(X,Y)
returns the product X*Y
.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = DPROD(X, Y)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
Y | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of type REAL(8)
.
program test_dprod real :: x = 5.2 real :: y = 2.3 real(8) :: d d = dprod(x,y) print *, d end program test_dprod
Next: DTIME, Previous: DPROD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DREAL
— Double real part functionDREAL(Z)
returns the real part of complex variable Z.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = DREAL(A)
A | The type shall be COMPLEX(8) . |
The return value is of type REAL(8)
.
program test_dreal complex(8) :: z = (1.3_8,7.2_8) print *, dreal(z) end program test_dreal
Next: EOSHIFT, Previous: DREAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
DTIME
— Execution time subroutine (or function)DTIME(VALUES, TIME)
initially returns the number of seconds of runtime
since the start of the process’s execution in TIME. VALUES
returns the user and system components of this time in VALUES(1)
and
VALUES(2)
respectively. TIME is equal to VALUES(1) +
VALUES(2)
.
Subsequent invocations of DTIME
return values accumulated since the
previous invocation.
On some systems, the underlying timings are represented using types with sufficiently small limits that overflows (wrap around) are possible, such as 32-bit types. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program.
Please note, that this implementation is thread safe if used within OpenMP
directives, i.e., its state will be consistent while called from multiple
threads. However, if DTIME
is called from multiple threads, the result
is still the time since the last invocation. This may not give the intended
results. If possible, use CPU_TIME
instead.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
VALUES and TIME are INTENT(OUT)
and provide the following:
VALUES(1) : | User time in seconds. | |
VALUES(2) : | System time in seconds. | |
TIME : | Run time since start in seconds. |
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL DTIME(VALUES, TIME) . |
TIME = DTIME(VALUES) , (not recommended). |
VALUES | The type shall be REAL(4), DIMENSION(2) . |
TIME | The type shall be REAL(4) . |
Elapsed time in seconds since the last invocation or since the start of program execution if not called before.
program test_dtime integer(8) :: i, j real, dimension(2) :: tarray real :: result call dtime(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) do i=1,100000000 ! Just a delay j = i * i - i end do call dtime(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) end program test_dtime
Next: EPSILON, Previous: DTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
EOSHIFT
— End-off shift elements of an arrayEOSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT[, BOUNDARY, DIM])
performs an end-off shift on
elements of ARRAY along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is
omitted it is taken to be 1
. DIM is a scalar of type
INTEGER
in the range of 1 \leq DIM \leq n) where n is the
rank of ARRAY. If the rank of ARRAY is one, then all elements of
ARRAY are shifted by SHIFT places. If rank is greater than one,
then all complete rank one sections of ARRAY along the given dimension are
shifted. Elements shifted out one end of each rank one section are dropped. If
BOUNDARY is present then the corresponding value of from BOUNDARY
is copied back in the other end. If BOUNDARY is not present then the
following are copied in depending on the type of ARRAY.
Array Type | Boundary Value |
Numeric | 0 of the type and kind of ARRAY. |
Logical | .FALSE. . |
Character(len) | len blanks. |
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = EOSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, BOUNDARY, DIM])
ARRAY | May be any type, not scalar. |
SHIFT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
BOUNDARY | Same type as ARRAY. |
DIM | The type shall be INTEGER . |
Returns an array of same type and rank as the ARRAY argument.
program test_eoshift integer, dimension(3,3) :: a a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 /), (/ 3, 3 /)) print '(3i3)', a(1,:) print '(3i3)', a(2,:) print '(3i3)', a(3,:) a = EOSHIFT(a, SHIFT=(/1, 2, 1/), BOUNDARY=-5, DIM=2) print * print '(3i3)', a(1,:) print '(3i3)', a(2,:) print '(3i3)', a(3,:) end program test_eoshift
Next: ERF, Previous: EOSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
EPSILON
— Epsilon functionEPSILON(X)
returns the smallest number E of the same kind
as X such that 1 + E > 1.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = EPSILON(X)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of same type as the argument.
program test_epsilon real :: x = 3.143 real(8) :: y = 2.33 print *, EPSILON(x) print *, EPSILON(y) end program test_epsilon
Next: ERFC, Previous: EPSILON, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ERF
— Error functionERF(X)
computes the error function of X.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ERF(X)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of type REAL
, of the same kind as
X and lies in the range -1 \leq erf (x) \leq 1 .
program test_erf real(8) :: x = 0.17_8 x = erf(x) end program test_erf
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DERF(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Next: ERFC_SCALED, Previous: ERF, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ERFC
— Error functionERFC(X)
computes the complementary error function of X.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ERFC(X)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of type REAL
and of the same kind as X.
It lies in the range 0 \leq erfc (x) \leq 2 .
program test_erfc real(8) :: x = 0.17_8 x = erfc(x) end program test_erfc
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DERFC(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU extension |
Next: ETIME, Previous: ERFC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ERFC_SCALED
— Error functionERFC_SCALED(X)
computes the exponentially-scaled complementary
error function of X.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ERFC_SCALED(X)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of type REAL
and of the same kind as X.
program test_erfc_scaled real(8) :: x = 0.17_8 x = erfc_scaled(x) end program test_erfc_scaled
Next: EXIT, Previous: ERFC_SCALED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ETIME
— Execution time subroutine (or function)ETIME(VALUES, TIME)
returns the number of seconds of runtime
since the start of the process’s execution in TIME. VALUES
returns the user and system components of this time in VALUES(1)
and
VALUES(2)
respectively. TIME is equal to VALUES(1) + VALUES(2)
.
On some systems, the underlying timings are represented using types with sufficiently small limits that overflows (wrap around) are possible, such as 32-bit types. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
VALUES and TIME are INTENT(OUT)
and provide the following:
VALUES(1) : | User time in seconds. | |
VALUES(2) : | System time in seconds. | |
TIME : | Run time since start in seconds. |
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL ETIME(VALUES, TIME) . |
TIME = ETIME(VALUES) , (not recommended). |
VALUES | The type shall be REAL(4), DIMENSION(2) . |
TIME | The type shall be REAL(4) . |
Elapsed time in seconds since the start of program execution.
program test_etime integer(8) :: i, j real, dimension(2) :: tarray real :: result call ETIME(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) do i=1,100000000 ! Just a delay j = i * i - i end do call ETIME(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) end program test_etime
Next: EXP, Previous: ETIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
EXIT
— Exit the program with status.EXIT
causes immediate termination of the program with status. If status
is omitted it returns the canonical success for the system. All Fortran
I/O units are closed.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL EXIT([STATUS])
STATUS | Shall be an INTEGER of the default kind. |
STATUS
is passed to the parent process on exit.
program test_exit integer :: STATUS = 0 print *, 'This program is going to exit.' call EXIT(STATUS) end program test_exit
Next: EXPONENT, Previous: EXIT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
EXP
— Exponential functionEXP(X)
computes the base e exponential of X.
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
Elemental function
RESULT = EXP(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or
COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X.
program test_exp real :: x = 1.0 x = exp(x) end program test_exp
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DEXP(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
CEXP(X) | COMPLEX(4) X | COMPLEX(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
ZEXP(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
CDEXP(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
Next: FDATE, Previous: EXP, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
EXPONENT
— Exponent functionEXPONENT(X)
returns the value of the exponent part of X. If X
is zero the value returned is zero.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = EXPONENT(X)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of type default INTEGER
.
program test_exponent real :: x = 1.0 integer :: i i = exponent(x) print *, i print *, exponent(0.0) end program test_exponent
Next: FLOAT, Previous: EXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FDATE
— Get the current time as a stringFDATE(DATE)
returns the current date (using the same format as
CTIME
) in DATE. It is equivalent to CALL CTIME(DATE,
TIME())
.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
DATE is an INTENT(OUT)
CHARACTER
variable of the
default kind.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FDATE(DATE) . |
DATE = FDATE() , (not recommended). |
DATE | The type shall be of type CHARACTER of the
default kind |
The current date as a string.
program test_fdate integer(8) :: i, j character(len=30) :: date call fdate(date) print *, 'Program started on ', date do i = 1, 100000000 ! Just a delay j = i * i - i end do call fdate(date) print *, 'Program ended on ', date end program test_fdate
Next: FGET, Previous: FDATE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FLOAT
— Convert integer to default realFLOAT(A)
converts the integer A to a default real value.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = FLOAT(A)
A | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type default REAL
.
program test_float integer :: i = 1 if (float(i) /= 1.) call abort end program test_float
Next: FGETC, Previous: FLOAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FGET
— Read a single character in stream mode from stdinRead a single character in stream mode from stdin by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
Note that the FGET
intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with
g77
. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility.
Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code
for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FGET(C [, STATUS])
C | The type shall be CHARACTER and of default
kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER .
Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file, and a system specific positive
error code otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_fget INTEGER, PARAMETER :: strlen = 100 INTEGER :: status, i = 1 CHARACTER(len=strlen) :: str = "" WRITE (*,*) 'Enter text:' DO CALL fget(str(i:i), status) if (status /= 0 .OR. i > strlen) exit i = i + 1 END DO WRITE (*,*) TRIM(str) END PROGRAM
Next: FLOOR, Previous: FGET, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FGETC
— Read a single character in stream modeRead a single character in stream mode by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
Note that the FGET
intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility
with g77
. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility.
Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code
for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FGETC(UNIT, C [, STATUS])
UNIT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
C | The type shall be CHARACTER and of default
kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER .
Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file and a system specific positive
error code otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_fgetc INTEGER :: fd = 42, status CHARACTER :: c OPEN(UNIT=fd, FILE="/etc/passwd", ACTION="READ", STATUS = "OLD") DO CALL fgetc(fd, c, status) IF (status /= 0) EXIT call fput(c) END DO CLOSE(UNIT=fd) END PROGRAM
Next: FLUSH, Previous: FGETC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FLOOR
— Integer floor functionFLOOR(A)
returns the greatest integer less than or equal to X.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = FLOOR(A [, KIND])
A | The type shall be REAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER(KIND)
if KIND is present
and of default-kind INTEGER
otherwise.
program test_floor real :: x = 63.29 real :: y = -63.59 print *, floor(x) ! returns 63 print *, floor(y) ! returns -64 end program test_floor
Next: FNUM, Previous: FLOOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FLUSH
— Flush I/O unit(s)Flushes Fortran unit(s) currently open for output. Without the optional argument, all units are flushed, otherwise just the unit specified.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL FLUSH(UNIT)
UNIT | (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER . |
Beginning with the Fortran 2003 standard, there is a FLUSH
statement that should be preferred over the FLUSH
intrinsic.
Next: FPUT, Previous: FLUSH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FNUM
— File number functionFNUM(UNIT)
returns the POSIX file descriptor number corresponding to the
open Fortran I/O unit UNIT
.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = FNUM(UNIT)
UNIT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
program test_fnum integer :: i open (unit=10, status = "scratch") i = fnum(10) print *, i close (10) end program test_fnum
Next: FPUTC, Previous: FNUM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FPUT
— Write a single character in stream mode to stdoutWrite a single character in stream mode to stdout by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
Note that the FGET
intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with
g77
. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility.
Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code
for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FPUT(C [, STATUS])
C | The type shall be CHARACTER and of default
kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER .
Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file and a system specific positive
error code otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_fput CHARACTER(len=10) :: str = "gfortran" INTEGER :: i DO i = 1, len_trim(str) CALL fput(str(i:i)) END DO END PROGRAM
Next: FRACTION, Previous: FPUT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FPUTC
— Write a single character in stream modeWrite a single character in stream mode by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
Note that the FGET
intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with
g77
. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility.
Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code
for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FPUTC(UNIT, C [, STATUS])
UNIT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
C | The type shall be CHARACTER and of default
kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER .
Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-file and a system specific positive
error code otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_fputc CHARACTER(len=10) :: str = "gfortran" INTEGER :: fd = 42, i OPEN(UNIT = fd, FILE = "out", ACTION = "WRITE", STATUS="NEW") DO i = 1, len_trim(str) CALL fputc(fd, str(i:i)) END DO CLOSE(fd) END PROGRAM
Next: FREE, Previous: FPUTC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FRACTION
— Fractional part of the model representationFRACTION(X)
returns the fractional part of the model
representation of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
Y = FRACTION(X)
X | The type of the argument shall be a REAL . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as the argument.
The fractional part of the model representation of X
is returned;
it is X * RADIX(X)**(-EXPONENT(X))
.
program test_fraction real :: x x = 178.1387e-4 print *, fraction(x), x * radix(x)**(-exponent(x)) end program test_fraction
Next: FSEEK, Previous: FRACTION, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FREE
— Frees memoryFrees memory previously allocated by MALLOC()
. The FREE
intrinsic is an extension intended to be used with Cray pointers, and is
provided in GNU Fortran to allow user to compile legacy code. For
new code using Fortran 95 pointers, the memory de-allocation intrinsic is
DEALLOCATE
.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL FREE(PTR)
PTR | The type shall be INTEGER . It represents the
location of the memory that should be de-allocated. |
None
See MALLOC
for an example.
Next: FSTAT, Previous: FREE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FSEEK
— Low level file positioning subroutineMoves UNIT to the specified OFFSET. If WHENCE
is set to 0, the OFFSET is taken as an absolute value SEEK_SET
,
if set to 1, OFFSET is taken to be relative to the current position
SEEK_CUR
, and if set to 2 relative to the end of the file SEEK_END
.
On error, STATUS is set to a nonzero value. If STATUS the seek
fails silently.
This intrinsic routine is not fully backwards compatible with g77
.
In g77
, the FSEEK
takes a statement label instead of a
STATUS variable. If FSEEK is used in old code, change
CALL FSEEK(UNIT, OFFSET, WHENCE, *label)
to
INTEGER :: status CALL FSEEK(UNIT, OFFSET, WHENCE, status) IF (status /= 0) GOTO label
Please note that GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Fortran 2003 status.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL FSEEK(UNIT, OFFSET, WHENCE[, STATUS])
UNIT | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER . |
OFFSET | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER . |
WHENCE | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER .
Its value shall be either 0, 1 or 2. |
STATUS | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER(4) . |
PROGRAM test_fseek INTEGER, PARAMETER :: SEEK_SET = 0, SEEK_CUR = 1, SEEK_END = 2 INTEGER :: fd, offset, ierr ierr = 0 offset = 5 fd = 10 OPEN(UNIT=fd, FILE="fseek.test") CALL FSEEK(fd, offset, SEEK_SET, ierr) ! move to OFFSET print *, FTELL(fd), ierr CALL FSEEK(fd, 0, SEEK_END, ierr) ! move to end print *, FTELL(fd), ierr CALL FSEEK(fd, 0, SEEK_SET, ierr) ! move to beginning print *, FTELL(fd), ierr CLOSE(UNIT=fd) END PROGRAM
Next: FTELL, Previous: FSEEK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FSTAT
— Get file statusFSTAT
is identical to STAT, except that information about an
already opened file is obtained.
The elements in VALUES
are the same as described by STAT.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FSTAT(UNIT, VALUES [, STATUS])
UNIT | An open I/O unit number of type INTEGER . |
VALUES | The type shall be INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13) . |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER(4) . Returns 0
on success and a system specific error code otherwise. |
See STAT for an example.
Next: GAMMA, Previous: FSTAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
FTELL
— Current stream positionRetrieves the current position within an open file.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL FTELL(UNIT, OFFSET) |
OFFSET = FTELL(UNIT) |
OFFSET | Shall of type INTEGER . |
UNIT | Shall of type INTEGER . |
In either syntax, OFFSET is set to the current offset of unit number UNIT, or to -1 if the unit is not currently open.
PROGRAM test_ftell INTEGER :: i OPEN(10, FILE="temp.dat") CALL ftell(10,i) WRITE(*,*) i END PROGRAM
Next: GERROR, Previous: FTELL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GAMMA
— Gamma functionGAMMA(X)
computes Gamma (\Gamma) of X. For positive,
integer values of X the Gamma function simplifies to the factorial
function \Gamma(x)=(x-1)!.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
X = GAMMA(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL and neither zero
nor a negative integer. |
The return value is of type REAL
of the same kind as X.
program test_gamma real :: x = 1.0 x = gamma(x) ! returns 1.0 end program test_gamma
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
GAMMA(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | GNU Extension |
DGAMMA(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU Extension |
Logarithm of the Gamma function: LOG_GAMMA
Next: GETARG, Previous: GAMMA, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GERROR
— Get last system error messageReturns the system error message corresponding to the last system error.
This resembles the functionality of strerror(3)
in C.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL GERROR(RESULT)
RESULT | Shall of type CHARACTER and of default |
PROGRAM test_gerror CHARACTER(len=100) :: msg CALL gerror(msg) WRITE(*,*) msg END PROGRAM
Next: GET_COMMAND, Previous: GERROR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETARG
— Get command line argumentsRetrieve the POS-th argument that was passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT intrinsic defined by the Fortran 2003 standard.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL GETARG(POS, VALUE)
POS | Shall be of type INTEGER and not wider than
the default integer kind; POS \geq 0 |
VALUE | Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default
kind. |
VALUE | Shall be of type CHARACTER . |
After GETARG
returns, the VALUE argument holds the
POSth command line argument. If VALUE can not hold the
argument, it is truncated to fit the length of VALUE. If there are
less than POS arguments specified at the command line, VALUE
will be filled with blanks. If POS = 0, VALUE is set
to the name of the program (on systems that support this feature).
PROGRAM test_getarg INTEGER :: i CHARACTER(len=32) :: arg DO i = 1, iargc() CALL getarg(i, arg) WRITE (*,*) arg END DO END PROGRAM
GNU Fortran 77 compatibility function: IARGC
Fortran 2003 functions and subroutines: GET_COMMAND, GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
Next: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, Previous: GETARG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GET_COMMAND
— Get the entire command lineRetrieve the entire command line that was used to invoke the program.
Fortran 2003 and later
Subroutine
CALL GET_COMMAND([COMMAND, LENGTH, STATUS])
COMMAND | (Optional) shall be of type CHARACTER and
of default kind. |
LENGTH | (Optional) Shall be of type INTEGER and of
default kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of type INTEGER and of
default kind. |
If COMMAND is present, stores the entire command line that was used to invoke the program in COMMAND. If LENGTH is present, it is assigned the length of the command line. If STATUS is present, it is assigned 0 upon success of the command, -1 if COMMAND is too short to store the command line, or a positive value in case of an error.
PROGRAM test_get_command CHARACTER(len=255) :: cmd CALL get_command(cmd) WRITE (*,*) TRIM(cmd) END PROGRAM
Next: GETCWD, Previous: GET_COMMAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT
— Get command line argumentsRetrieve the NUMBER-th argument that was passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked.
Fortran 2003 and later
Subroutine
CALL GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT(NUMBER [, VALUE, LENGTH, STATUS])
NUMBER | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER and of
default kind, NUMBER \geq 0 |
VALUE | Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER
and of default kind. |
LENGTH | (Option) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER
and of default kind. |
STATUS | (Option) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER
and of default kind. |
After GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT
returns, the VALUE argument holds the
NUMBER-th command line argument. If VALUE can not hold the argument, it is
truncated to fit the length of VALUE. If there are less than NUMBER
arguments specified at the command line, VALUE will be filled with blanks.
If NUMBER = 0, VALUE is set to the name of the program (on
systems that support this feature). The LENGTH argument contains the
length of the NUMBER-th command line argument. If the argument retrieval
fails, STATUS is a positive number; if VALUE contains a truncated
command line argument, STATUS is -1; and otherwise the STATUS is
zero.
PROGRAM test_get_command_argument INTEGER :: i CHARACTER(len=32) :: arg i = 0 DO CALL get_command_argument(i, arg) IF (LEN_TRIM(arg) == 0) EXIT WRITE (*,*) TRIM(arg) i = i+1 END DO END PROGRAM
Next: GETENV, Previous: GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETCWD
— Get current working directoryGet current working directory.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL GETCWD(C [, STATUS])
C | The type shall be CHARACTER and of default kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag. Returns 0 on success, a system specific and nonzero error code otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_getcwd CHARACTER(len=255) :: cwd CALL getcwd(cwd) WRITE(*,*) TRIM(cwd) END PROGRAM
Next: GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE, Previous: GETCWD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETENV
— Get an environmental variableGet the VALUE of the environmental variable NAME.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE intrinsic defined by the Fortran 2003 standard.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL GETENV(NAME, VALUE)
NAME | Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. |
VALUE | Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. |
Stores the value of NAME in VALUE. If VALUE is not large enough to hold the data, it is truncated. If NAME is not set, VALUE will be filled with blanks.
PROGRAM test_getenv CHARACTER(len=255) :: homedir CALL getenv("HOME", homedir) WRITE (*,*) TRIM(homedir) END PROGRAM
Next: GETGID, Previous: GETENV, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE
— Get an environmental variableGet the VALUE of the environmental variable NAME.
Fortran 2003 and later
Subroutine
CALL GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE(NAME[, VALUE, LENGTH, STATUS, TRIM_NAME)
NAME | Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER
and of default kind. |
VALUE | Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER
and of default kind. |
LENGTH | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER
and of default kind. |
STATUS | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER
and of default kind. |
TRIM_NAME | Shall be a scalar of type LOGICAL
and of default kind. |
Stores the value of NAME in VALUE. If VALUE is
not large enough to hold the data, it is truncated. If NAME
is not set, VALUE will be filled with blanks. Argument LENGTH
contains the length needed for storing the environment variable NAME
or zero if it is not present. STATUS is -1 if VALUE is present
but too short for the environment variable; it is 1 if the environment
variable does not exist and 2 if the processor does not support environment
variables; in all other cases STATUS is zero. If TRIM_NAME is
present with the value .FALSE.
, the trailing blanks in NAME
are significant; otherwise they are not part of the environment variable
name.
PROGRAM test_getenv CHARACTER(len=255) :: homedir CALL get_environment_variable("HOME", homedir) WRITE (*,*) TRIM(homedir) END PROGRAM
Next: GETLOG, Previous: GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETGID
— Group ID functionReturns the numerical group ID of the current process.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = GETGID()
The return value of GETGID
is an INTEGER
of the default
kind.
See GETPID
for an example.
Next: GETPID, Previous: GETGID, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETLOG
— Get login nameGets the username under which the program is running.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL GETLOG(C)
C | Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. |
Stores the current user name in LOGIN. (On systems where POSIX
functions geteuid
and getpwuid
are not available, and
the getlogin
function is not implemented either, this will
return a blank string.)
PROGRAM TEST_GETLOG CHARACTER(32) :: login CALL GETLOG(login) WRITE(*,*) login END PROGRAM
Next: GETUID, Previous: GETLOG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETPID
— Process ID functionReturns the numerical process identifier of the current process.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = GETPID()
The return value of GETPID
is an INTEGER
of the default
kind.
program info print *, "The current process ID is ", getpid() print *, "Your numerical user ID is ", getuid() print *, "Your numerical group ID is ", getgid() end program info
Next: GMTIME, Previous: GETPID, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GETUID
— User ID functionReturns the numerical user ID of the current process.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = GETUID()
The return value of GETUID
is an INTEGER
of the default
kind.
See GETPID
for an example.
Next: HOSTNM, Previous: GETUID, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
GMTIME
— Convert time to GMT infoGiven a system time value TIME (as provided by the TIME8()
intrinsic), fills VALUES with values extracted from it appropriate
to the UTC time zone (Universal Coordinated Time, also known in some
countries as GMT, Greenwich Mean Time), using gmtime(3)
.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL GMTIME(TIME, VALUES)
TIME | An INTEGER scalar expression
corresponding to a system time, with INTENT(IN) . |
VALUES | A default INTEGER array with 9 elements,
with INTENT(OUT) . |
The elements of VALUES are assigned as follows:
Next: HUGE, Previous: GMTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
HOSTNM
— Get system host nameRetrieves the host name of the system on which the program is running.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL HOSTNM(C [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = HOSTNM(NAME) |
C | Shall of type CHARACTER and of default kind. |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER .
Returns 0 on success, or a system specific error code otherwise. |
In either syntax, NAME is set to the current hostname if it can be obtained, or to a blank string otherwise.
Next: HYPOT, Previous: HOSTNM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
HUGE
— Largest number of a kindHUGE(X)
returns the largest number that is not an infinity in
the model of the type of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = HUGE(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL or INTEGER . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X
program test_huge_tiny print *, huge(0), huge(0.0), huge(0.0d0) print *, tiny(0.0), tiny(0.0d0) end program test_huge_tiny
Next: IACHAR, Previous: HUGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
HYPOT
— Euclidean distance functionHYPOT(X,Y)
is the Euclidean distance function. It is equal to
\sqrt{X^2 + Y^2}, without undue underflow or overflow.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = HYPOT(X, Y)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
Y | The type and kind type parameter shall be the same as X. |
The return value has the same type and kind type parameter as X.
program test_hypot real(4) :: x = 1.e0_4, y = 0.5e0_4 x = hypot(x,y) end program test_hypot
Next: IAND, Previous: HYPOT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IACHAR
— Code in ASCII collating sequenceIACHAR(C)
returns the code for the ASCII character
in the first character position of C
.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IACHAR(C [, KIND])
C | Shall be a scalar CHARACTER , with INTENT(IN) |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
program test_iachar integer i i = iachar(' ') end program test_iachar
See ICHAR for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations.
Next: IARGC, Previous: IACHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IAND
— Bitwise logical andBitwise logical AND
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IAND(I, J)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
J | The type shall be INTEGER , of the same
kind as I. (As a GNU extension, different kinds are also
permitted.) |
The return type is INTEGER
, of the same kind as the
arguments. (If the argument kinds differ, it is of the same kind as
the larger argument.)
PROGRAM test_iand INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' / WRITE (*,*) IAND(a, b) END PROGRAM
Next: IBCLR, Previous: IAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IARGC
— Get the number of command line argumentsIARGC()
returns the number of arguments passed on the
command line when the containing program was invoked.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT intrinsic defined by the Fortran 2003 standard.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = IARGC()
None.
The number of command line arguments, type INTEGER(4)
.
See GETARG
GNU Fortran 77 compatibility subroutine: GETARG
Fortran 2003 functions and subroutines: GET_COMMAND, GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT, COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT
Next: IBITS, Previous: IARGC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IBCLR
— Clear bitIBCLR
returns the value of I with the bit at position
POS set to zero.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IBCLR(I, POS)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
POS | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: IBSET, Previous: IBCLR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IBITS
— Bit extractionIBITS
extracts a field of length LEN from I,
starting from bit position POS and extending left for LEN
bits. The result is right-justified and the remaining bits are
zeroed. The value of POS+LEN
must be less than or equal to the
value BIT_SIZE(I)
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IBITS(I, POS, LEN)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
POS | The type shall be INTEGER . |
LEN | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: ICHAR, Previous: IBITS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IBSET
— Set bitIBSET
returns the value of I with the bit at position
POS set to one.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IBSET(I, POS)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
POS | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: IDATE, Previous: IBSET, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ICHAR
— Character-to-integer conversion functionICHAR(C)
returns the code for the character in the first character
position of C
in the system’s native character set.
The correspondence between characters and their codes is not necessarily
the same across different GNU Fortran implementations.
Fortan 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ICHAR(C [, KIND])
C | Shall be a scalar CHARACTER , with INTENT(IN) |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
program test_ichar integer i i = ichar(' ') end program test_ichar
No intrinsic exists to convert between a numeric value and a formatted
character string representation – for instance, given the
CHARACTER
value '154'
, obtaining an INTEGER
or
REAL
value with the value 154, or vice versa. Instead, this
functionality is provided by internal-file I/O, as in the following
example:
program read_val integer value character(len=10) string, string2 string = '154' ! Convert a string to a numeric value read (string,'(I10)') value print *, value ! Convert a value to a formatted string write (string2,'(I10)') value print *, string2 end program read_val
Next: IEOR, Previous: ICHAR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IDATE
— Get current local time subroutine (day/month/year)IDATE(VALUES)
Fills VALUES with the numerical values at the
current local time. The day (in the range 1-31), month (in the range 1-12),
and year appear in elements 1, 2, and 3 of VALUES, respectively.
The year has four significant digits.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL IDATE(VALUES)
VALUES | The type shall be INTEGER, DIMENSION(3) and
the kind shall be the default integer kind. |
Does not return anything.
program test_idate integer, dimension(3) :: tarray call idate(tarray) print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) print *, tarray(3) end program test_idate
Next: IERRNO, Previous: IDATE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IEOR
— Bitwise logical exclusive orIEOR
returns the bitwise boolean exclusive-OR of I and
J.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IEOR(I, J)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
J | The type shall be INTEGER , of the same
kind as I. (As a GNU extension, different kinds are also
permitted.) |
The return type is INTEGER
, of the same kind as the
arguments. (If the argument kinds differ, it is of the same kind as
the larger argument.)
Next: INDEX intrinsic, Previous: IEOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IERRNO
— Get the last system error numberReturns the last system error number, as given by the C errno()
function.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = IERRNO()
None.
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the default integer
kind.
Next: INT, Previous: IERRNO, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
INDEX
— Position of a substring within a stringReturns the position of the start of the first occurrence of string SUBSTRING as a substring in STRING, counting from one. If SUBSTRING is not present in STRING, zero is returned. If the BACK argument is present and true, the return value is the start of the last occurrence rather than the first.
Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = INDEX(STRING, SUBSTRING [, BACK [, KIND]])
STRING | Shall be a scalar CHARACTER , with
INTENT(IN) |
SUBSTRING | Shall be a scalar CHARACTER , with
INTENT(IN) |
BACK | (Optional) Shall be a scalar LOGICAL , with
INTENT(IN) |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
Next: INT2, Previous: INDEX intrinsic, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
INT
— Convert to integer typeConvert to integer type
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = INT(A [, KIND))
A | Shall be of type INTEGER ,
REAL , or COMPLEX . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
These functions return a INTEGER
variable or array under
the following rules:
If A is of type INTEGER
, INT(A) = A
If A is of type REAL
and |A| < 1, INT(A)
equals 0
.
If |A| \geq 1, then INT(A)
equals the largest integer that does not exceed
the range of A and whose sign is the same as the sign of A.
If A is of type COMPLEX
, rule B is applied to the real part of A.
program test_int integer :: i = 42 complex :: z = (-3.7, 1.0) print *, int(i) print *, int(z), int(z,8) end program
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
IFIX(A) | REAL(4) A | INTEGER | Fortran 77 and later |
IDINT(A) | REAL(8) A | INTEGER | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: INT8, Previous: INT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
INT2
— Convert to 16-bit integer typeConvert to a KIND=2
integer type. This is equivalent to the
standard INT
intrinsic with an optional argument of
KIND=2
, and is only included for backwards compatibility.
The SHORT
intrinsic is equivalent to INT2
.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = INT2(A)
A | Shall be of type INTEGER ,
REAL , or COMPLEX . |
The return value is a INTEGER(2)
variable.
Next: IOR, Previous: INT2, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
INT8
— Convert to 64-bit integer typeConvert to a KIND=8
integer type. This is equivalent to the
standard INT
intrinsic with an optional argument of
KIND=8
, and is only included for backwards compatibility.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = INT8(A)
A | Shall be of type INTEGER ,
REAL , or COMPLEX . |
The return value is a INTEGER(8)
variable.
Next: IRAND, Previous: INT8, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IOR
— Bitwise logical orIOR
returns the bitwise boolean inclusive-OR of I and
J.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IOR(I, J)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
J | The type shall be INTEGER , of the same
kind as I. (As a GNU extension, different kinds are also
permitted.) |
The return type is INTEGER
, of the same kind as the
arguments. (If the argument kinds differ, it is of the same kind as
the larger argument.)
Next: IS_IOSTAT_END, Previous: IOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IRAND
— Integer pseudo-random numberIRAND(FLAG)
returns a pseudo-random number from a uniform
distribution between 0 and a system-dependent limit (which is in most
cases 2147483647). If FLAG is 0, the next number
in the current sequence is returned; if FLAG is 1, the generator
is restarted by CALL SRAND(0)
; if FLAG has any other value,
it is used as a new seed with SRAND
.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with
GNU Fortran 77. It implements a simple modulo generator as provided
by g77
. For new code, one should consider the use of
RANDOM_NUMBER as it implements a superior algorithm.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = IRAND(I)
I | Shall be a scalar INTEGER of kind 4. |
The return value is of INTEGER(kind=4)
type.
program test_irand integer,parameter :: seed = 86456 call srand(seed) print *, irand(), irand(), irand(), irand() print *, irand(seed), irand(), irand(), irand() end program test_irand
Next: IS_IOSTAT_EOR, Previous: IRAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IS_IOSTAT_END
— Test for end-of-file valueIS_IOSTAT_END
tests whether an variable has the value of the I/O
status “end of file”. The function is equivalent to comparing the variable
with the IOSTAT_END
parameter of the intrinsic module
ISO_FORTRAN_ENV
.
Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IS_IOSTAT_END(I)
I | Shall be of the type INTEGER . |
Returns a LOGICAL
of the default kind, which .TRUE.
if
I has the value which indicates an end of file condition for
IOSTAT= specifiers, and is .FALSE.
otherwise.
PROGRAM iostat IMPLICIT NONE INTEGER :: stat, i OPEN(88, FILE='test.dat') READ(88, *, IOSTAT=stat) i IF(IS_IOSTAT_END(stat)) STOP 'END OF FILE' END PROGRAM
Next: ISATTY, Previous: IS_IOSTAT_END, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
IS_IOSTAT_EOR
— Test for end-of-record valueIS_IOSTAT_EOR
tests whether an variable has the value of the I/O
status “end of record”. The function is equivalent to comparing the
variable with the IOSTAT_EOR
parameter of the intrinsic module
ISO_FORTRAN_ENV
.
Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = IS_IOSTAT_EOR(I)
I | Shall be of the type INTEGER . |
Returns a LOGICAL
of the default kind, which .TRUE.
if
I has the value which indicates an end of file condition for
IOSTAT= specifiers, and is .FALSE.
otherwise.
PROGRAM iostat IMPLICIT NONE INTEGER :: stat, i(50) OPEN(88, FILE='test.dat', FORM='UNFORMATTED') READ(88, IOSTAT=stat) i IF(IS_IOSTAT_EOR(stat)) STOP 'END OF RECORD' END PROGRAM
Next: ISHFT, Previous: IS_IOSTAT_EOR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ISATTY
— Whether a unit is a terminal device.Determine whether a unit is connected to a terminal device.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = ISATTY(UNIT)
UNIT | Shall be a scalar INTEGER . |
Returns .TRUE.
if the UNIT is connected to a terminal
device, .FALSE.
otherwise.
PROGRAM test_isatty INTEGER(kind=1) :: unit DO unit = 1, 10 write(*,*) isatty(unit=unit) END DO END PROGRAM
Next: ISHFTC, Previous: ISATTY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ISHFT
— Shift bitsISHFT
returns a value corresponding to I with all of the
bits shifted SHIFT places. A value of SHIFT greater than
zero corresponds to a left shift, a value of zero corresponds to no
shift, and a value less than zero corresponds to a right shift. If the
absolute value of SHIFT is greater than BIT_SIZE(I)
, the
value is undefined. Bits shifted out from the left end or right end are
lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ISHFT(I, SHIFT)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
SHIFT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: ISNAN, Previous: ISHFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ISHFTC
— Shift bits circularlyISHFTC
returns a value corresponding to I with the
rightmost SIZE bits shifted circularly SHIFT places; that
is, bits shifted out one end are shifted into the opposite end. A value
of SHIFT greater than zero corresponds to a left shift, a value of
zero corresponds to no shift, and a value less than zero corresponds to
a right shift. The absolute value of SHIFT must be less than
SIZE. If the SIZE argument is omitted, it is taken to be
equivalent to BIT_SIZE(I)
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = ISHFTC(I, SHIFT [, SIZE])
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
SHIFT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
SIZE | (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER ;
the value must be greater than zero and less than or equal to
BIT_SIZE(I) . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: ITIME, Previous: ISHFTC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ISNAN
— Test for a NaNISNAN
tests whether a floating-point value is an IEEE
Not-a-Number (NaN).
GNU extension
Elemental function
ISNAN(X)
X | Variable of the type REAL . |
Returns a default-kind LOGICAL
. The returned value is TRUE
if X is a NaN and FALSE
otherwise.
program test_nan implicit none real :: x x = -1.0 x = sqrt(x) if (isnan(x)) stop '"x" is a NaN' end program test_nan
Next: KILL, Previous: ISNAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
ITIME
— Get current local time subroutine (hour/minutes/seconds)IDATE(VALUES)
Fills VALUES with the numerical values at the
current local time. The hour (in the range 1-24), minute (in the range 1-60),
and seconds (in the range 1-60) appear in elements 1, 2, and 3 of VALUES,
respectively.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL ITIME(VALUES)
VALUES | The type shall be INTEGER, DIMENSION(3)
and the kind shall be the default integer kind. |
Does not return anything.
program test_itime integer, dimension(3) :: tarray call itime(tarray) print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) print *, tarray(3) end program test_itime
Next: KIND, Previous: ITIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
KILL
— Send a signal to a processSends the signal specified by SIGNAL to the process PID.
See kill(2)
.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
Subroutine, function
CALL KILL(C, VALUE [, STATUS])
C | Shall be a scalar INTEGER , with
INTENT(IN) |
VALUE | Shall be a scalar INTEGER , with
INTENT(IN) |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER(4) or
INTEGER(8) . Returns 0 on success, or a system-specific error code
otherwise. |
Next: LBOUND, Previous: KILL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
KIND
— Kind of an entityKIND(X)
returns the kind value of the entity X.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
K = KIND(X)
X | Shall be of type LOGICAL , INTEGER ,
REAL , COMPLEX or CHARACTER . |
The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER
and of the default
integer kind.
program test_kind integer,parameter :: kc = kind(' ') integer,parameter :: kl = kind(.true.) print *, "The default character kind is ", kc print *, "The default logical kind is ", kl end program test_kind
Next: LEADZ, Previous: KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LBOUND
— Lower dimension bounds of an arrayReturns the lower bounds of an array, or a single lower bound along the DIM dimension.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = LBOUND(ARRAY [, DIM [, KIND]])
ARRAY | Shall be an array, of any type. |
DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar INTEGER . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
If DIM is absent, the result is an array of the lower bounds of
ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is a scalar
corresponding to the lower bound of the array along that dimension. If
ARRAY is an expression rather than a whole array or array
structure component, or if it has a zero extent along the relevant
dimension, the lower bound is taken to be 1.
Next: LEN, Previous: LBOUND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LEADZ
— Number of leading zero bits of an integerLEADZ
returns the number of leading zero bits of an integer.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LEADZ(I)
I | Shall be of type INTEGER . |
The type of the return value is the default INTEGER
.
If all the bits of I
are zero, the result value is BIT_SIZE(I)
.
PROGRAM test_leadz WRITE (*,*) LEADZ(1) ! prints 8 if BITSIZE(I) has the value 32 END PROGRAM
Next: LEN_TRIM, Previous: LEADZ, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LEN
— Length of a character entityReturns the length of a character string. If STRING is an array, the length of an element of STRING is returned. Note that STRING need not be defined when this intrinsic is invoked, since only the length, not the content, of STRING is needed.
Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
L = LEN(STRING [, KIND])
STRING | Shall be a scalar or array of type
CHARACTER , with INTENT(IN) |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
Next: LGE, Previous: LEN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LEN_TRIM
— Length of a character entity without trailing blank charactersReturns the length of a character string, ignoring any trailing blanks.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LEN_TRIM(STRING [, KIND])
STRING | Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER ,
with INTENT(IN) |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
Next: LGT, Previous: LEN_TRIM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LGE
— Lexical greater than or equalDetermines whether one string is lexically greater than or equal to another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.
In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE
, LGT
,
LLE
, and LLT
differ from the corresponding intrinsic
operators .GE.
, .GT.
, .LE.
, and .LT.
, in
that the latter use the processor’s character ordering (which is not
ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII
ordering.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LGE(STRING_A, STRING_B)
STRING_A | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STRING_B | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
Returns .TRUE.
if STRING_A >= STRING_B
, and .FALSE.
otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
Next: LINK, Previous: LGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LGT
— Lexical greater thanDetermines whether one string is lexically greater than another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.
In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE
, LGT
,
LLE
, and LLT
differ from the corresponding intrinsic
operators .GE.
, .GT.
, .LE.
, and .LT.
, in
that the latter use the processor’s character ordering (which is not
ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII
ordering.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LGT(STRING_A, STRING_B)
STRING_A | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STRING_B | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
Returns .TRUE.
if STRING_A > STRING_B
, and .FALSE.
otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
Next: LLE, Previous: LGT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LINK
— Create a hard linkMakes a (hard) link from file PATH1 to PATH2. A null
character (CHAR(0)
) can be used to mark the end of the names in
PATH1 and PATH2; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file
names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it
contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see
link(2)
.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL LINK(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = LINK(PATH1, PATH2) |
PATH1 | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
PATH2 | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. |
Next: LLT, Previous: LINK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LLE
— Lexical less than or equalDetermines whether one string is lexically less than or equal to another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.
In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE
, LGT
,
LLE
, and LLT
differ from the corresponding intrinsic
operators .GE.
, .GT.
, .LE.
, and .LT.
, in
that the latter use the processor’s character ordering (which is not
ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII
ordering.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LLE(STRING_A, STRING_B)
STRING_A | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STRING_B | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
Returns .TRUE.
if STRING_A <= STRING_B
, and .FALSE.
otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
Next: LNBLNK, Previous: LLE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LLT
— Lexical less thanDetermines whether one string is lexically less than another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer.
In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE
, LGT
,
LLE
, and LLT
differ from the corresponding intrinsic
operators .GE.
, .GT.
, .LE.
, and .LT.
, in
that the latter use the processor’s character ordering (which is not
ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII
ordering.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LLT(STRING_A, STRING_B)
STRING_A | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STRING_B | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
Returns .TRUE.
if STRING_A < STRING_B
, and .FALSE.
otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering.
Next: LOC, Previous: LLT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LNBLNK
— Index of the last non-blank character in a stringReturns the length of a character string, ignoring any trailing blanks.
This is identical to the standard LEN_TRIM
intrinsic, and is only
included for backwards compatibility.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = LNBLNK(STRING)
STRING | Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER ,
with INTENT(IN) |
The return value is of INTEGER(kind=4)
type.
Next: LOG, Previous: LNBLNK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LOC
— Returns the address of a variableLOC(X)
returns the address of X as an integer.
GNU extension
Inquiry function
RESULT = LOC(X)
X | Variable of any type. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
, with a KIND
corresponding to the size (in bytes) of a memory address on the target
machine.
program test_loc integer :: i real :: r i = loc(r) print *, i end program test_loc
Next: LOG10, Previous: LOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LOG
— Logarithm functionLOG(X)
computes the logarithm of X.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LOG(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or
COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type REAL
or COMPLEX
.
The kind type parameter is the same as X.
If X is COMPLEX
, the imaginary part \omega is in the range
-\pi \leq \omega \leq \pi.
program test_log real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 complex :: z = (1.0, 2.0) x = log(x) z = log(z) end program test_log
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
ALOG(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | f95, gnu |
DLOG(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | f95, gnu |
CLOG(X) | COMPLEX(4) X | COMPLEX(4) | f95, gnu |
ZLOG(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | f95, gnu |
CDLOG(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | f95, gnu |
Next: LOG_GAMMA, Previous: LOG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LOG10
— Base 10 logarithm functionLOG10(X)
computes the base 10 logarithm of X.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LOG10(X)
X | The type shall be REAL . |
The return value is of type REAL
or COMPLEX
.
The kind type parameter is the same as X.
program test_log10 real(8) :: x = 10.0_8 x = log10(x) end program test_log10
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
ALOG10(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | Fortran 95 and later |
DLOG10(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
Next: LOGICAL, Previous: LOG10, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LOG_GAMMA
— Logarithm of the Gamma functionLOG_GAMMA(X)
computes the natural logarithm of the absolute value
of the Gamma (\Gamma) function.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
X = LOG_GAMMA(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL and neither zero
nor a negative integer. |
The return value is of type REAL
of the same kind as X.
program test_log_gamma real :: x = 1.0 x = lgamma(x) ! returns 0.0 end program test_log_gamma
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
LGAMMA(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | GNU Extension |
ALGAMA(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | GNU Extension |
DLGAMA(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | GNU Extension |
Gamma function: GAMMA
Next: LONG, Previous: LOG_GAMMA, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LOGICAL
— Convert to logical typeConverts one kind of LOGICAL
variable to another.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = LOGICAL(L [, KIND])
L | The type shall be LOGICAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is a LOGICAL
value equal to L, with a
kind corresponding to KIND, or of the default logical kind if
KIND is not given.
Next: LSHIFT, Previous: LOGICAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LONG
— Convert to integer typeConvert to a KIND=4
integer type, which is the same size as a C
long
integer. This is equivalent to the standard INT
intrinsic with an optional argument of KIND=4
, and is only
included for backwards compatibility.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = LONG(A)
A | Shall be of type INTEGER ,
REAL , or COMPLEX . |
The return value is a INTEGER(4)
variable.
Next: LSTAT, Previous: LONG, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LSHIFT
— Left shift bitsLSHIFT
returns a value corresponding to I with all of the
bits shifted left by SHIFT places. If the absolute value of
SHIFT is greater than BIT_SIZE(I)
, the value is undefined.
Bits shifted out from the left end are lost; zeros are shifted in from
the opposite end.
This function has been superseded by the ISHFT
intrinsic, which
is standard in Fortran 95 and later.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = LSHIFT(I, SHIFT)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
SHIFT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: LTIME, Previous: LSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LSTAT
— Get file statusLSTAT
is identical to STAT, except that if path is a
symbolic link, then the link itself is statted, not the file that it
refers to.
The elements in VALUES
are the same as described by STAT.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL LSTAT(NAME, VALUES [, STATUS])
NAME | The type shall be CHARACTER of the default
kind, a valid path within the file system. |
VALUES | The type shall be INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13) . |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER(4) .
Returns 0 on success and a system specific error code otherwise. |
See STAT for an example.
Next: MALLOC, Previous: LSTAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
LTIME
— Convert time to local time infoGiven a system time value TIME (as provided by the TIME8()
intrinsic), fills VALUES with values extracted from it appropriate
to the local time zone using localtime(3)
.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL LTIME(TIME, VALUES)
TIME | An INTEGER scalar expression
corresponding to a system time, with INTENT(IN) . |
VALUES | A default INTEGER array with 9 elements,
with INTENT(OUT) . |
The elements of VALUES are assigned as follows:
Next: MATMUL, Previous: LTIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MALLOC
— Allocate dynamic memoryMALLOC(SIZE)
allocates SIZE bytes of dynamic memory and
returns the address of the allocated memory. The MALLOC
intrinsic
is an extension intended to be used with Cray pointers, and is provided
in GNU Fortran to allow the user to compile legacy code. For new code
using Fortran 95 pointers, the memory allocation intrinsic is
ALLOCATE
.
GNU extension
Function
PTR = MALLOC(SIZE)
SIZE | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER(K)
, with K such that
variables of type INTEGER(K)
have the same size as
C pointers (sizeof(void *)
).
The following example demonstrates the use of MALLOC
and
FREE
with Cray pointers.
program test_malloc implicit none integer i real*8 x(*), z pointer(ptr_x,x) ptr_x = malloc(20*8) do i = 1, 20 x(i) = sqrt(1.0d0 / i) end do z = 0 do i = 1, 20 z = z + x(i) print *, z end do call free(ptr_x) end program test_malloc
Next: MAX, Previous: MALLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MATMUL
— matrix multiplicationPerforms a matrix multiplication on numeric or logical arguments.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = MATMUL(MATRIX_A, MATRIX_B)
MATRIX_A | An array of INTEGER ,
REAL , COMPLEX , or LOGICAL type, with a rank of
one or two. |
MATRIX_B | An array of INTEGER ,
REAL , or COMPLEX type if MATRIX_A is of a numeric
type; otherwise, an array of LOGICAL type. The rank shall be one
or two, and the first (or only) dimension of MATRIX_B shall be
equal to the last (or only) dimension of MATRIX_A. |
The matrix product of MATRIX_A and MATRIX_B. The type and
kind of the result follow the usual type and kind promotion rules, as
for the *
or .AND.
operators.
Next: MAXEXPONENT, Previous: MATMUL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MAX
— Maximum value of an argument listReturns the argument with the largest (most positive) value.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = MAX(A1, A2 [, A3 [, ...]])
A1 | The type shall be INTEGER or
REAL . |
A2, A3, ... | An expression of the same type and kind as A1. (As a GNU extension, arguments of different kinds are permitted.) |
The return value corresponds to the maximum value among the arguments, and has the same type and kind as the first argument.
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
MAX0(I) | INTEGER(4) I | INTEGER(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
AMAX0(I) | INTEGER(4) I | REAL(MAX(X)) | Fortran 77 and later |
MAX1(X) | REAL X | INT(MAX(X)) | Fortran 77 and later |
AMAX1(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
DMAX1(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: MAXLOC, Previous: MAX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MAXEXPONENT
— Maximum exponent of a real kindMAXEXPONENT(X)
returns the maximum exponent in the model of the
type of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = MAXEXPONENT(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the default integer
kind.
program exponents real(kind=4) :: x real(kind=8) :: y print *, minexponent(x), maxexponent(x) print *, minexponent(y), maxexponent(y) end program exponents
Next: MAXVAL, Previous: MAXEXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MAXLOC
— Location of the maximum value within an arrayDetermines the location of the element in the array with the maximum
value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the
locations of the maximum element along each row of the array in the
DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for
which MASK is .TRUE.
are considered. If more than one
element in the array has the maximum value, the location returned is
that of the first such element in array element order. If the array has
zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE.
, then
the result is an array of zeroes. Similarly, if DIM is supplied
and all of the elements of MASK along a given row are zero, the
result value for that row is zero.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = MAXLOC(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) |
RESULT = MAXLOC(ARRAY [, MASK]) |
ARRAY | Shall be an array of type INTEGER or
REAL . |
DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER , with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY,
inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. |
MASK | Shall be an array of type LOGICAL ,
and conformable with ARRAY. |
If DIM is absent, the result is a rank-one array with a length
equal to the rank of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result
is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a
size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM
dimension removed. If DIM is present and ARRAY has a rank
of one, the result is a scalar. In all cases, the result is of default
INTEGER
type.
Next: MCLOCK, Previous: MAXLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MAXVAL
— Maximum value of an arrayDetermines the maximum value of the elements in an array value, or, if
the DIM argument is supplied, determines the maximum value along
each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is
present, only the elements for which MASK is .TRUE.
are
considered. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of
MASK are .FALSE.
, then the result is -HUGE(ARRAY)
if ARRAY is numeric, or a string of nulls if ARRAY is of character
type.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = MAXVAL(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) |
RESULT = MAXVAL(ARRAY [, MASK]) |
ARRAY | Shall be an array of type INTEGER or
REAL . |
DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER , with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY,
inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. |
MASK | Shall be an array of type LOGICAL ,
and conformable with ARRAY. |
If DIM is absent, or if ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. In all cases, the result is of the same type and kind as ARRAY.
Next: MCLOCK8, Previous: MAXVAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MCLOCK
— Time functionReturns the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, based
on the UNIX function clock(3)
.
This intrinsic is not fully portable, such as to systems with 32-bit
INTEGER
types but supporting times wider than 32 bits. Therefore,
the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or
numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the
compiled program.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = MCLOCK()
The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(4)
, equal to the
number of clock ticks since the start of the process, or -1
if
the system does not support clock(3)
.
Next: MERGE, Previous: MCLOCK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MCLOCK8
— Time function (64-bit)Returns the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, based
on the UNIX function clock(3)
.
Warning: this intrinsic does not increase the range of the timing
values over that returned by clock(3)
. On a system with a 32-bit
clock(3)
, MCLOCK8()
will return a 32-bit value, even though
it is converted to a 64-bit INTEGER(8)
value. That means
overflows of the 32-bit value can still occur. Therefore, the values
returned by this intrinsic might be or become negative or numerically
less than previous values during a single run of the compiled program.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = MCLOCK8()
The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(8)
, equal to the
number of clock ticks since the start of the process, or -1
if
the system does not support clock(3)
.
Next: MIN, Previous: MCLOCK8, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MERGE
— Merge variablesSelect values from two arrays according to a logical mask. The result
is equal to TSOURCE if MASK is .TRUE.
, or equal to
FSOURCE if it is .FALSE.
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = MERGE(TSOURCE, FSOURCE, MASK)
TSOURCE | May be of any type. |
FSOURCE | Shall be of the same type and type parameters as TSOURCE. |
MASK | Shall be of type LOGICAL . |
The result is of the same type and type parameters as TSOURCE.
Next: MINEXPONENT, Previous: MERGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MIN
— Minimum value of an argument listReturns the argument with the smallest (most negative) value.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = MIN(A1, A2 [, A3, ...])
A1 | The type shall be INTEGER or
REAL . |
A2, A3, ... | An expression of the same type and kind as A1. (As a GNU extension, arguments of different kinds are permitted.) |
The return value corresponds to the maximum value among the arguments, and has the same type and kind as the first argument.
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
MIN0(I) | INTEGER(4) I | INTEGER(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
AMIN0(I) | INTEGER(4) I | REAL(MIN(X)) | Fortran 77 and later |
MIN1(X) | REAL X | INT(MIN(X)) | Fortran 77 and later |
AMIN1(X) | REAL(4) X | REAL(4) | Fortran 77 and later |
DMIN1(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 77 and later |
Next: MINLOC, Previous: MIN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MINEXPONENT
— Minimum exponent of a real kindMINEXPONENT(X)
returns the minimum exponent in the model of the
type of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = MINEXPONENT(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the default integer
kind.
See MAXEXPONENT
for an example.
Next: MINVAL, Previous: MINEXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MINLOC
— Location of the minimum value within an arrayDetermines the location of the element in the array with the minimum
value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the
locations of the minimum element along each row of the array in the
DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for
which MASK is .TRUE.
are considered. If more than one
element in the array has the minimum value, the location returned is
that of the first such element in array element order. If the array has
zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE.
, then
the result is an array of zeroes. Similarly, if DIM is supplied
and all of the elements of MASK along a given row are zero, the
result value for that row is zero.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = MINLOC(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) |
RESULT = MINLOC(ARRAY [, MASK]) |
ARRAY | Shall be an array of type INTEGER or
REAL . |
DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER , with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY,
inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. |
MASK | Shall be an array of type LOGICAL ,
and conformable with ARRAY. |
If DIM is absent, the result is a rank-one array with a length
equal to the rank of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result
is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a
size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM
dimension removed. If DIM is present and ARRAY has a rank
of one, the result is a scalar. In all cases, the result is of default
INTEGER
type.
Next: MOD, Previous: MINLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MINVAL
— Minimum value of an arrayDetermines the minimum value of the elements in an array value, or, if
the DIM argument is supplied, determines the minimum value along
each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is
present, only the elements for which MASK is .TRUE.
are
considered. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of
MASK are .FALSE.
, then the result is HUGE(ARRAY)
if
ARRAY is numeric, or a string of CHAR(255)
characters if
ARRAY is of character type.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = MINVAL(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) |
RESULT = MINVAL(ARRAY [, MASK]) |
ARRAY | Shall be an array of type INTEGER or
REAL . |
DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER , with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY,
inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. |
MASK | Shall be an array of type LOGICAL ,
and conformable with ARRAY. |
If DIM is absent, or if ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. In all cases, the result is of the same type and kind as ARRAY.
Next: MODULO, Previous: MINVAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MOD
— Remainder functionMOD(A,P)
computes the remainder of the division of A by P. It is
calculated as A - (INT(A/P) * P)
.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = MOD(A, P)
A | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER or REAL |
P | Shall be a scalar of the same type as A and not equal to zero |
The kind of the return value is the result of cross-promoting the kinds of the arguments.
program test_mod print *, mod(17,3) print *, mod(17.5,5.5) print *, mod(17.5d0,5.5) print *, mod(17.5,5.5d0) print *, mod(-17,3) print *, mod(-17.5,5.5) print *, mod(-17.5d0,5.5) print *, mod(-17.5,5.5d0) print *, mod(17,-3) print *, mod(17.5,-5.5) print *, mod(17.5d0,-5.5) print *, mod(17.5,-5.5d0) end program test_mod
Name | Arguments | Return type | Standard |
AMOD(A,P) | REAL(4) | REAL(4) | Fortran 95 and later |
DMOD(A,P) | REAL(8) | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
Next: MOVE_ALLOC, Previous: MOD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MODULO
— Modulo functionMODULO(A,P)
computes the A modulo P.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = MODULO(A, P)
A | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER or REAL |
P | Shall be a scalar of the same type and kind as A |
The type and kind of the result are those of the arguments.
INTEGER
:MODULO(A,P)
has the value R such that A=Q*P+R
, where
Q is an integer and R is between 0 (inclusive) and P
(exclusive).
REAL
:MODULO(A,P)
has the value of A - FLOOR (A / P) * P
.
In all cases, if P is zero the result is processor-dependent.
program test_modulo print *, modulo(17,3) print *, modulo(17.5,5.5) print *, modulo(-17,3) print *, modulo(-17.5,5.5) print *, modulo(17,-3) print *, modulo(17.5,-5.5) end program
Next: MVBITS, Previous: MODULO, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MOVE_ALLOC
— Move allocation from one object to anotherMOVE_ALLOC(FROM, TO)
moves the allocation from FROM to
TO. FROM will become deallocated in the process.
Fortran 2003 and later
Subroutine
CALL MOVE_ALLOC(FROM, TO)
FROM | ALLOCATABLE , INTENT(INOUT) , may be
of any type and kind. |
TO | ALLOCATABLE , INTENT(OUT) , shall be
of the same type, kind and rank as FROM. |
None
program test_move_alloc integer, allocatable :: a(:), b(:) allocate(a(3)) a = [ 1, 2, 3 ] call move_alloc(a, b) print *, allocated(a), allocated(b) print *, b end program test_move_alloc
Next: NEAREST, Previous: MOVE_ALLOC, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
MVBITS
— Move bits from one integer to anotherMoves LEN bits from positions FROMPOS through
FROMPOS+LEN-1
of FROM to positions TOPOS through
TOPOS+LEN-1
of TO. The portion of argument TO not
affected by the movement of bits is unchanged. The values of
FROMPOS+LEN-1
and TOPOS+LEN-1
must be less than
BIT_SIZE(FROM)
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental subroutine
CALL MVBITS(FROM, FROMPOS, LEN, TO, TOPOS)
FROM | The type shall be INTEGER . |
FROMPOS | The type shall be INTEGER . |
LEN | The type shall be INTEGER . |
TO | The type shall be INTEGER , of the
same kind as FROM. |
TOPOS | The type shall be INTEGER . |
Next: NEW_LINE, Previous: MVBITS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
NEAREST
— Nearest representable numberNEAREST(X, S)
returns the processor-representable number nearest
to X
in the direction indicated by the sign of S
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = NEAREST(X, S)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
S | (Optional) shall be of type REAL and
not equal to zero. |
The return value is of the same type as X
. If S
is
positive, NEAREST
returns the processor-representable number
greater than X
and nearest to it. If S
is negative,
NEAREST
returns the processor-representable number smaller than
X
and nearest to it.
program test_nearest real :: x, y x = nearest(42.0, 1.0) y = nearest(42.0, -1.0) write (*,"(3(G20.15))") x, y, x - y end program test_nearest
Next: NINT, Previous: NEAREST, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
NEW_LINE
— New line characterNEW_LINE(C)
returns the new-line character.
Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = NEW_LINE(C)
C | The argument shall be a scalar or array of the
type CHARACTER . |
Returns a CHARACTER scalar of length one with the new-line character of the same kind as parameter C.
program newline implicit none write(*,'(A)') 'This is record 1.'//NEW_LINE('A')//'This is record 2.' end program newline
Next: NOT, Previous: NEW_LINE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
NINT
— Nearest whole numberNINT(A)
rounds its argument to the nearest whole number.
Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 90 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = NINT(A [, KIND])
A | The type of the argument shall be REAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
Returns A with the fractional portion of its magnitude eliminated by
rounding to the nearest whole number and with its sign preserved,
converted to an INTEGER
of the default kind.
program test_nint real(4) x4 real(8) x8 x4 = 1.234E0_4 x8 = 4.321_8 print *, nint(x4), idnint(x8) end program test_nint
Name | Argument | Standard |
IDNINT(X) | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
Next: NULL, Previous: NINT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
NOT
— Logical negationNOT
returns the bitwise boolean inverse of I.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = NOT(I)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return type is INTEGER
, of the same kind as the
argument.
Next: OR, Previous: NOT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
NULL
— Function that returns an disassociated pointerReturns a disassociated pointer.
If MOLD is present, a dissassociated pointer of the same type is returned, otherwise the type is determined by context.
In Fortran 95, MOLD is optional. Please note that Fortran 2003 includes cases where it is required.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
PTR => NULL([MOLD])
MOLD | (Optional) shall be a pointer of any association status and of any type. |
A disassociated pointer.
REAL, POINTER, DIMENSION(:) :: VEC => NULL ()
Next: PACK, Previous: NULL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
OR
— Bitwise logical ORBitwise logical OR
.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the IOR intrinsic defined by the Fortran standard.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = OR(I, J)
I | The type shall be either a scalar INTEGER
type or a scalar LOGICAL type. |
J | The type shall be the same as the type of J. |
The return type is either a scalar INTEGER
or a scalar
LOGICAL
. If the kind type parameters differ, then the
smaller kind type is implicitly converted to larger kind, and the
return has the larger kind.
PROGRAM test_or LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE. INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' / WRITE (*,*) OR(T, T), OR(T, F), OR(F, T), OR(F, F) WRITE (*,*) OR(a, b) END PROGRAM
Fortran 95 elemental function: IOR
Next: PERROR, Previous: OR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
PACK
— Pack an array into an array of rank oneStores the elements of ARRAY in an array of rank one.
The beginning of the resulting array is made up of elements whose MASK
equals TRUE
. Afterwards, positions are filled with elements taken from
VECTOR.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = PACK(ARRAY, MASK[,VECTOR]
ARRAY | Shall be an array of any type. |
MASK | Shall be an array of type LOGICAL and
of the same size as ARRAY. Alternatively, it may be a LOGICAL
scalar. |
VECTOR | (Optional) shall be an array of the same type as ARRAY and of rank one. If present, the number of elements in VECTOR shall be equal to or greater than the number of true elements in MASK. If MASK is scalar, the number of elements in VECTOR shall be equal to or greater than the number of elements in ARRAY. |
The result is an array of rank one and the same type as that of ARRAY.
If VECTOR is present, the result size is that of VECTOR, the
number of TRUE
values in MASK otherwise.
Gathering nonzero elements from an array:
PROGRAM test_pack_1 INTEGER :: m(6) m = (/ 1, 0, 0, 0, 5, 0 /) WRITE(*, FMT="(6(I0, ' '))") pack(m, m /= 0) ! "1 5" END PROGRAM
Gathering nonzero elements from an array and appending elements from VECTOR:
PROGRAM test_pack_2 INTEGER :: m(4) m = (/ 1, 0, 0, 2 /) WRITE(*, FMT="(4(I0, ' '))") pack(m, m /= 0, (/ 0, 0, 3, 4 /)) ! "1 2 3 4" END PROGRAM
Next: PRECISION, Previous: PACK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
PERROR
— Print system error messagePrints (on the C stderr
stream) a newline-terminated error
message corresponding to the last system error. This is prefixed by
STRING, a colon and a space. See perror(3)
.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL PERROR(STRING)
STRING | A scalar of type CHARACTER and of the
default kind. |
Next: PRESENT, Previous: PERROR, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
PRECISION
— Decimal precision of a real kindPRECISION(X)
returns the decimal precision in the model of the
type of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = PRECISION(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the default integer
kind.
program prec_and_range real(kind=4) :: x(2) complex(kind=8) :: y print *, precision(x), range(x) print *, precision(y), range(y) end program prec_and_range
Next: PRODUCT, Previous: PRECISION, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
PRESENT
— Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specifiedDetermines whether an optional dummy argument is present.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = PRESENT(A)
A | May be of any type and may be a pointer, scalar or array value, or a dummy procedure. It shall be the name of an optional dummy argument accessible within the current subroutine or function. |
Returns either TRUE
if the optional argument A is present, or
FALSE
otherwise.
PROGRAM test_present WRITE(*,*) f(), f(42) ! "F T" CONTAINS LOGICAL FUNCTION f(x) INTEGER, INTENT(IN), OPTIONAL :: x f = PRESENT(x) END FUNCTION END PROGRAM
Next: RADIX, Previous: PRESENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
PRODUCT
— Product of array elementsMultiplies the elements of ARRAY along dimension DIM if
the corresponding element in MASK is TRUE
.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = PRODUCT(ARRAY[, MASK]) |
RESULT = PRODUCT(ARRAY, DIM[, MASK]) |
ARRAY | Shall be an array of type INTEGER ,
REAL or COMPLEX . |
DIM | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER with a value in the range from 1 to n, where n
equals the rank of ARRAY. |
MASK | (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL
and either be a scalar or an array of the same shape as ARRAY. |
The result is of the same type as ARRAY.
If DIM is absent, a scalar with the product of all elements in ARRAY is returned. Otherwise, an array of rank n-1, where n equals the rank of ARRAY, and a shape similar to that of ARRAY with dimension DIM dropped is returned.
PROGRAM test_product INTEGER :: x(5) = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5 /) print *, PRODUCT(x) ! all elements, product = 120 print *, PRODUCT(x, MASK=MOD(x, 2)==1) ! odd elements, product = 15 END PROGRAM
Next: RAN, Previous: PRODUCT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RADIX
— Base of a model numberRADIX(X)
returns the base of the model representing the entity X.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = RADIX(X)
X | Shall be of type INTEGER or REAL |
The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER
and of the default
integer kind.
program test_radix print *, "The radix for the default integer kind is", radix(0) print *, "The radix for the default real kind is", radix(0.0) end program test_radix
Next: RAND, Previous: RADIX, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RAN
— Real pseudo-random numberFor compatibility with HP FORTRAN 77/iX, the RAN
intrinsic is
provided as an alias for RAND
. See RAND for complete
documentation.
GNU extension
Function
Next: RANDOM_NUMBER, Previous: RAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RAND
— Real pseudo-random numberRAND(FLAG)
returns a pseudo-random number from a uniform
distribution between 0 and 1. If FLAG is 0, the next number
in the current sequence is returned; if FLAG is 1, the generator
is restarted by CALL SRAND(0)
; if FLAG has any other value,
it is used as a new seed with SRAND
.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with
GNU Fortran 77. It implements a simple modulo generator as provided
by g77
. For new code, one should consider the use of
RANDOM_NUMBER as it implements a superior algorithm.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = RAND(I)
I | Shall be a scalar INTEGER of kind 4. |
The return value is of REAL
type and the default kind.
program test_rand integer,parameter :: seed = 86456 call srand(seed) print *, rand(), rand(), rand(), rand() print *, rand(seed), rand(), rand(), rand() end program test_rand
Next: RANDOM_SEED, Previous: RAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RANDOM_NUMBER
— Pseudo-random numberReturns a single pseudorandom number or an array of pseudorandom numbers from the uniform distribution over the range 0 \leq x < 1.
The runtime-library implements George Marsaglia’s KISS (Keep It Simple Stupid) random number generator (RNG). This RNG combines:
The overall period exceeds 2^{123}.
Please note, this RNG is thread safe if used within OpenMP directives, i.e., its state will be consistent while called from multiple threads. However, the KISS generator does not create random numbers in parallel from multiple sources, but in sequence from a single source. If an OpenMP-enabled application heavily relies on random numbers, one should consider employing a dedicated parallel random number generator instead.
Fortran 95 and later
Subroutine
RANDOM_NUMBER(HARVEST)
HARVEST | Shall be a scalar or an array of type REAL . |
program test_random_number REAL :: r(5,5) CALL init_random_seed() ! see example of RANDOM_SEED CALL RANDOM_NUMBER(r) end program
Next: RANGE, Previous: RANDOM_NUMBER, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RANDOM_SEED
— Initialize a pseudo-random number sequenceRestarts or queries the state of the pseudorandom number generator used by
RANDOM_NUMBER
.
If RANDOM_SEED
is called without arguments, it is initialized to
a default state. The example below shows how to initialize the random
seed based on the system’s time.
Fortran 95 and later
Subroutine
CALL RANDOM_SEED([SIZE, PUT, GET])
SIZE | (Optional) Shall be a scalar and of type default
INTEGER , with INTENT(OUT) . It specifies the minimum size
of the arrays used with the PUT and GET arguments. |
PUT | (Optional) Shall be an array of type default
INTEGER and rank one. It is INTENT(IN) and the size of
the array must be larger than or equal to the number returned by the
SIZE argument. |
GET | (Optional) Shall be an array of type default
INTEGER and rank one. It is INTENT(OUT) and the size
of the array must be larger than or equal to the number returned by
the SIZE argument. |
SUBROUTINE init_random_seed() INTEGER :: i, n, clock INTEGER, DIMENSION(:), ALLOCATABLE :: seed CALL RANDOM_SEED(size = n) ALLOCATE(seed(n)) CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK(COUNT=clock) seed = clock + 37 * (/ (i - 1, i = 1, n) /) CALL RANDOM_SEED(PUT = seed) DEALLOCATE(seed) END SUBROUTINE
Next: REAL, Previous: RANDOM_SEED, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RANGE
— Decimal exponent rangeRANGE(X)
returns the decimal exponent range in the model of the
type of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = RANGE(X)
X | Shall be of type INTEGER , REAL
or COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the default integer
kind.
See PRECISION
for an example.
Next: RENAME, Previous: RANGE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
REAL
— Convert to real typeREAL(A [, KIND])
converts its argument A to a real type. The
REALPART
function is provided for compatibility with g77
,
and its use is strongly discouraged.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = REAL(A [, KIND]) |
RESULT = REALPART(Z) |
A | Shall be INTEGER , REAL , or
COMPLEX . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
These functions return a REAL
variable or array under
the following rules:
REAL(A)
is converted to a default real type if A is an
integer or real variable.
REAL(A)
is converted to a real type with the kind type parameter
of A if A is a complex variable.
REAL(A, KIND)
is converted to a real type with kind type
parameter KIND if A is a complex, integer, or real
variable.
program test_real complex :: x = (1.0, 2.0) print *, real(x), real(x,8), realpart(x) end program test_real
Next: REPEAT, Previous: REAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RENAME
— Rename a fileRenames a file from file PATH1 to PATH2. A null
character (CHAR(0)
) can be used to mark the end of the names in
PATH1 and PATH2; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file
names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it
contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see
rename(2)
.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL RENAME(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = RENAME(PATH1, PATH2) |
PATH1 | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
PATH2 | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. |
Next: RESHAPE, Previous: RENAME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
REPEAT
— Repeated string concatenationConcatenates NCOPIES copies of a string.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = REPEAT(STRING, NCOPIES)
STRING | Shall be scalar and of type CHARACTER . |
NCOPIES | Shall be scalar and of type INTEGER . |
A new scalar of type CHARACTER
built up from NCOPIES copies
of STRING.
program test_repeat write(*,*) repeat("x", 5) ! "xxxxx" end program
Next: RRSPACING, Previous: REPEAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RESHAPE
— Function to reshape an arrayReshapes SOURCE to correspond to SHAPE. If necessary, the new array may be padded with elements from PAD or permuted as defined by ORDER.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = RESHAPE(SOURCE, SHAPE[, PAD, ORDER])
SOURCE | Shall be an array of any type. |
SHAPE | Shall be of type INTEGER and an
array of rank one. Its values must be positive or zero. |
PAD | (Optional) shall be an array of the same type as SOURCE. |
ORDER | (Optional) shall be of type INTEGER
and an array of the same shape as SHAPE. Its values shall
be a permutation of the numbers from 1 to n, where n is the size of
SHAPE. If ORDER is absent, the natural ordering shall
be assumed. |
The result is an array of shape SHAPE with the same type as SOURCE.
PROGRAM test_reshape INTEGER, DIMENSION(4) :: x WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(x) ! prints "4" WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(RESHAPE(x, (/2, 2/))) ! prints "2 2" END PROGRAM
Next: RSHIFT, Previous: RESHAPE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RRSPACING
— Reciprocal of the relative spacingRRSPACING(X)
returns the reciprocal of the relative spacing of
model numbers near X.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = RRSPACING(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X.
The value returned is equal to
ABS(FRACTION(X)) * FLOAT(RADIX(X))**DIGITS(X)
.
Next: SCALE, Previous: RRSPACING, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
RSHIFT
— Right shift bitsRSHIFT
returns a value corresponding to I with all of the
bits shifted right by SHIFT places. If the absolute value of
SHIFT is greater than BIT_SIZE(I)
, the value is undefined.
Bits shifted out from the left end are lost; zeros are shifted in from
the opposite end.
This function has been superseded by the ISHFT
intrinsic, which
is standard in Fortran 95 and later.
GNU extension
Elemental function
RESULT = RSHIFT(I, SHIFT)
I | The type shall be INTEGER . |
SHIFT | The type shall be INTEGER . |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of the same kind as
I.
Next: SCAN, Previous: RSHIFT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SCALE
— Scale a real valueSCALE(X,I)
returns X * RADIX(X)**I
.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SCALE(X, I)
X | The type of the argument shall be a REAL . |
I | The type of the argument shall be a INTEGER . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X.
Its value is X * RADIX(X)**I
.
program test_scale real :: x = 178.1387e-4 integer :: i = 5 print *, scale(x,i), x*radix(x)**i end program test_scale
Next: SECNDS, Previous: SCALE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SCAN
— Scan a string for the presence of a set of charactersScans a STRING for any of the characters in a SET of characters.
If BACK is either absent or equals FALSE
, this function
returns the position of the leftmost character of STRING that is
in SET. If BACK equals TRUE
, the rightmost position
is returned. If no character of SET is found in STRING, the
result is zero.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SCAN(STRING, SET[, BACK [, KIND]])
STRING | Shall be of type CHARACTER . |
SET | Shall be of type CHARACTER . |
BACK | (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
PROGRAM test_scan WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "AO") ! 2, found 'O' WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "AO", .TRUE.) ! 6, found 'A' WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "C++") ! 0, found none END PROGRAM
Next: SECOND, Previous: SCAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SECNDS
— Time functionSECNDS(X)
gets the time in seconds from the real-time system clock.
X is a reference time, also in seconds. If this is zero, the time in
seconds from midnight is returned. This function is non-standard and its
use is discouraged.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = SECNDS (X)
T | Shall be of type REAL(4) . |
X | Shall be of type REAL(4) . |
None
program test_secnds integer :: i real(4) :: t1, t2 print *, secnds (0.0) ! seconds since midnight t1 = secnds (0.0) ! reference time do i = 1, 10000000 ! do something end do t2 = secnds (t1) ! elapsed time print *, "Something took ", t2, " seconds." end program test_secnds
Next: SELECTED_CHAR_KIND, Previous: SECNDS, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SECOND
— CPU time functionReturns a REAL(4)
value representing the elapsed CPU time in
seconds. This provides the same functionality as the standard
CPU_TIME
intrinsic, and is only included for backwards
compatibility.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL SECOND(TIME) |
TIME = SECOND() |
TIME | Shall be of type REAL(4) . |
In either syntax, TIME is set to the process’s current runtime in seconds.
Next: SELECTED_INT_KIND, Previous: SECOND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SELECTED_CHAR_KIND
— Choose character kindSELECTED_CHAR_KIND(NAME)
returns the kind value for the character
set named NAME, if a character set with such a name is supported,
or -1 otherwise. Currently, supported character sets include
“ASCII” and “DEFAULT”, which are equivalent.
Fortran 2003 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = SELECTED_CHAR_KIND(NAME)
NAME | Shall be a scalar and of the default character type. |
program ascii_kind integer,parameter :: ascii = selected_char_kind("ascii") character(kind=ascii, len=26) :: s s = ascii_"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" print *, s end program ascii_kind
Next: SELECTED_REAL_KIND, Previous: SELECTED_CHAR_KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SELECTED_INT_KIND
— Choose integer kindSELECTED_INT_KIND(R)
return the kind value of the smallest integer
type that can represent all values ranging from -10^R (exclusive)
to 10^R (exclusive). If there is no integer kind that accommodates
this range, SELECTED_INT_KIND
returns -1.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = SELECTED_INT_KIND(R)
R | Shall be a scalar and of type INTEGER . |
program large_integers integer,parameter :: k5 = selected_int_kind(5) integer,parameter :: k15 = selected_int_kind(15) integer(kind=k5) :: i5 integer(kind=k15) :: i15 print *, huge(i5), huge(i15) ! The following inequalities are always true print *, huge(i5) >= 10_k5**5-1 print *, huge(i15) >= 10_k15**15-1 end program large_integers
Next: SET_EXPONENT, Previous: SELECTED_INT_KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SELECTED_REAL_KIND
— Choose real kindSELECTED_REAL_KIND(P,R)
returns the kind value of a real data type
with decimal precision of at least P
digits and exponent
range greater at least R
.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = SELECTED_REAL_KIND([P, R])
P | (Optional) shall be a scalar and of type INTEGER . |
R | (Optional) shall be a scalar and of type INTEGER . |
At least one argument shall be present.
SELECTED_REAL_KIND
returns the value of the kind type parameter of
a real data type with decimal precision of at least P
digits and a
decimal exponent range of at least R
. If more than one real data
type meet the criteria, the kind of the data type with the smallest
decimal precision is returned. If no real data type matches the criteria,
the result is
precision greater than or equal to P
range greater than or equal to R
program real_kinds integer,parameter :: p6 = selected_real_kind(6) integer,parameter :: p10r100 = selected_real_kind(10,100) integer,parameter :: r400 = selected_real_kind(r=400) real(kind=p6) :: x real(kind=p10r100) :: y real(kind=r400) :: z print *, precision(x), range(x) print *, precision(y), range(y) print *, precision(z), range(z) end program real_kinds
Next: SHAPE, Previous: SELECTED_REAL_KIND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SET_EXPONENT
— Set the exponent of the modelSET_EXPONENT(X, I)
returns the real number whose fractional part
is that that of X and whose exponent part is I.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SET_EXPONENT(X, I)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
I | Shall be of type INTEGER . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X.
The real number whose fractional part
is that that of X and whose exponent part if I is returned;
it is FRACTION(X) * RADIX(X)**I
.
PROGRAM test_setexp REAL :: x = 178.1387e-4 INTEGER :: i = 17 PRINT *, SET_EXPONENT(x, i), FRACTION(x) * RADIX(x)**i END PROGRAM
Next: SIGN, Previous: SET_EXPONENT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SHAPE
— Determine the shape of an arrayDetermines the shape of an array.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = SHAPE(SOURCE)
SOURCE | Shall be an array or scalar of any type. If SOURCE is a pointer it must be associated and allocatable arrays must be allocated. |
An INTEGER
array of rank one with as many elements as SOURCE
has dimensions. The elements of the resulting array correspond to the extend
of SOURCE along the respective dimensions. If SOURCE is a scalar,
the result is the rank one array of size zero.
PROGRAM test_shape INTEGER, DIMENSION(-1:1, -1:2) :: A WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(A) ! (/ 3, 4 /) WRITE(*,*) SIZE(SHAPE(42)) ! (/ /) END PROGRAM
Next: SIGNAL, Previous: SHAPE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SIGN
— Sign copying functionSIGN(A,B)
returns the value of A with the sign of B.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SIGN(A, B)
A | Shall be of type INTEGER or REAL |
B | Shall be of the same type and kind as A |
The kind of the return value is that of A and B.
If B\ge 0 then the result is ABS(A)
, else
it is -ABS(A)
.
program test_sign print *, sign(-12,1) print *, sign(-12,0) print *, sign(-12,-1) print *, sign(-12.,1.) print *, sign(-12.,0.) print *, sign(-12.,-1.) end program test_sign
Name | Arguments | Return type | Standard |
ISIGN(A,P) | INTEGER(4) | INTEGER(4) | f95, gnu |
DSIGN(A,P) | REAL(8) | REAL(8) | f95, gnu |
Next: SIN, Previous: SIGN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SIGNAL
— Signal handling subroutine (or function)SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER [, STATUS])
causes external subroutine
HANDLER to be executed with a single integer argument when signal
NUMBER occurs. If HANDLER is an integer, it can be used to
turn off handling of signal NUMBER or revert to its default
action. See signal(2)
.
If SIGNAL
is called as a subroutine and the STATUS argument
is supplied, it is set to the value returned by signal(2)
.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER) |
NUMBER | Shall be a scalar integer, with INTENT(IN) |
HANDLER | Signal handler (INTEGER FUNCTION or
SUBROUTINE ) or dummy/global INTEGER scalar.
INTEGER . It is INTENT(IN) . |
STATUS | (Optional) STATUS shall be a scalar
integer. It has INTENT(OUT) . |
The SIGNAL
function returns the value returned by signal(2)
.
program test_signal intrinsic signal external handler_print call signal (12, handler_print) call signal (10, 1) call sleep (30) end program test_signal
Next: SINH, Previous: SIGNAL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SIN
— Sine functionSIN(X)
computes the sine of X.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SIN(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or
COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X.
program test_sin real :: x = 0.0 x = sin(x) end program test_sin
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DSIN(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | f95, gnu |
CSIN(X) | COMPLEX(4) X | COMPLEX(4) | f95, gnu |
ZSIN(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | f95, gnu |
CDSIN(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | f95, gnu |
Next: SIZE, Previous: SIN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SINH
— Hyperbolic sine functionSINH(X)
computes the hyperbolic sine of X.
Fortran 95 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
RESULT = SINH(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X.
program test_sinh real(8) :: x = - 1.0_8 x = sinh(x) end program test_sinh
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DSINH(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
Next: SIZEOF, Previous: SINH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SIZE
— Determine the size of an arrayDetermine the extent of ARRAY along a specified dimension DIM, or the total number of elements in ARRAY if DIM is absent.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = SIZE(ARRAY[, DIM [, KIND]])
ARRAY | Shall be an array of any type. If ARRAY is a pointer it must be associated and allocatable arrays must be allocated. |
DIM | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type INTEGER
and its value shall be in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank
of ARRAY. |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
PROGRAM test_size WRITE(*,*) SIZE((/ 1, 2 /)) ! 2 END PROGRAM
Next: SLEEP, Previous: SIZE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SIZEOF
— Size in bytes of an expressionSIZEOF(X)
calculates the number of bytes of storage the
expression X
occupies.
GNU extension
Intrinsic function
N = SIZEOF(X)
X | The argument shall be of any type, rank or shape. |
The return value is of type integer and of the system-dependent kind
C_SIZE_T (from the ISO_C_BINDING module). Its value is the
number of bytes occupied by the argument. If the argument has the
POINTER
attribute, the number of bytes of the storage area pointed
to is returned. If the argument is of a derived type with POINTER
or ALLOCATABLE
components, the return value doesn’t account for
the sizes of the data pointed to by these components.
integer :: i real :: r, s(5) print *, (sizeof(s)/sizeof(r) == 5) end
The example will print .TRUE.
unless you are using a platform
where default REAL
variables are unusually padded.
Next: SNGL, Previous: SIZEOF, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SLEEP
— Sleep for the specified number of secondsCalling this subroutine causes the process to pause for SECONDS seconds.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL SLEEP(SECONDS)
SECONDS | The type shall be of default INTEGER . |
program test_sleep call sleep(5) end
Next: SPACING, Previous: SLEEP, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SNGL
— Convert double precision real to default realSNGL(A)
converts the double precision real A
to a default real value. This is an archaic form of REAL
that is specific to one type for A.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SNGL(A)
A | The type shall be a double precision REAL . |
The return value is of type default REAL
.
Next: SPREAD, Previous: SNGL, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SPACING
— Smallest distance between two numbers of a given typeDetermines the distance between the argument X and the nearest adjacent number of the same type.
Fortran 95 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SPACING(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
The result is of the same type as the input argument X.
PROGRAM test_spacing INTEGER, PARAMETER :: SGL = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(p=6, r=37) INTEGER, PARAMETER :: DBL = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(p=13, r=200) WRITE(*,*) spacing(1.0_SGL) ! "1.1920929E-07" on i686 WRITE(*,*) spacing(1.0_DBL) ! "2.220446049250313E-016" on i686 END PROGRAM
Next: SQRT, Previous: SPACING, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SPREAD
— Add a dimension to an arrayReplicates a SOURCE array NCOPIES times along a specified dimension DIM.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = SPREAD(SOURCE, DIM, NCOPIES)
SOURCE | Shall be a scalar or an array of any type and a rank less than seven. |
DIM | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER with a
value in the range from 1 to n+1, where n equals the rank of SOURCE. |
NCOPIES | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER . |
The result is an array of the same type as SOURCE and has rank n+1 where n equals the rank of SOURCE.
PROGRAM test_spread INTEGER :: a = 1, b(2) = (/ 1, 2 /) WRITE(*,*) SPREAD(A, 1, 2) ! "1 1" WRITE(*,*) SPREAD(B, 1, 2) ! "1 1 2 2" END PROGRAM
Next: SRAND, Previous: SPREAD, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SQRT
— Square-root functionSQRT(X)
computes the square root of X.
Fortran 77 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = SQRT(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or
COMPLEX . |
The return value is of type REAL
or COMPLEX
.
The kind type parameter is the same as X.
program test_sqrt real(8) :: x = 2.0_8 complex :: z = (1.0, 2.0) x = sqrt(x) z = sqrt(z) end program test_sqrt
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DSQRT(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
CSQRT(X) | COMPLEX(4) X | COMPLEX(4) | Fortran 95 and later |
ZSQRT(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
CDSQRT(X) | COMPLEX(8) X | COMPLEX(8) | GNU extension |
Next: STAT, Previous: SQRT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SRAND
— Reinitialize the random number generatorSRAND
reinitializes the pseudo-random number generator
called by RAND
and IRAND
. The new seed used by the
generator is specified by the required argument SEED.
GNU extension
Subroutine
CALL SRAND(SEED)
SEED | Shall be a scalar INTEGER(kind=4) . |
Does not return anything.
See RAND
and IRAND
for examples.
The Fortran 2003 standard specifies the intrinsic RANDOM_SEED
to
initialize the pseudo-random numbers generator and RANDOM_NUMBER
to generate pseudo-random numbers. Please note that in
GNU Fortran, these two sets of intrinsics (RAND
,
IRAND
and SRAND
on the one hand, RANDOM_NUMBER
and
RANDOM_SEED
on the other hand) access two independent
pseudo-random number generators.
Next: SUM, Previous: SRAND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
STAT
— Get file statusThis function returns information about a file. No permissions are required on the file itself, but execute (search) permission is required on all of the directories in path that lead to the file.
The elements that are obtained and stored in the array VALUES
:
VALUES(1) | Device ID |
VALUES(2) | Inode number |
VALUES(3) | File mode |
VALUES(4) | Number of links |
VALUES(5) | Owner’s uid |
VALUES(6) | Owner’s gid |
VALUES(7) | ID of device containing directory entry for file (0 if not available) |
VALUES(8) | File size (bytes) |
VALUES(9) | Last access time |
VALUES(10) | Last modification time |
VALUES(11) | Last file status change time |
VALUES(12) | Preferred I/O block size (-1 if not available) |
VALUES(13) | Number of blocks allocated (-1 if not available) |
Not all these elements are relevant on all systems. If an element is not relevant, it is returned as 0.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL STAT(NAME, VALUES [, STATUS])
NAME | The type shall be CHARACTER , of the
default kind and a valid path within the file system. |
VALUES | The type shall be INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13) . |
STATUS | (Optional) status flag of type INTEGER(4) . Returns 0
on success and a system specific error code otherwise. |
PROGRAM test_stat INTEGER, DIMENSION(13) :: buff INTEGER :: status CALL STAT("/etc/passwd", buff, status) IF (status == 0) THEN WRITE (*, FMT="('Device ID:', T30, I19)") buff(1) WRITE (*, FMT="('Inode number:', T30, I19)") buff(2) WRITE (*, FMT="('File mode (octal):', T30, O19)") buff(3) WRITE (*, FMT="('Number of links:', T30, I19)") buff(4) WRITE (*, FMT="('Owner''s uid:', T30, I19)") buff(5) WRITE (*, FMT="('Owner''s gid:', T30, I19)") buff(6) WRITE (*, FMT="('Device where located:', T30, I19)") buff(7) WRITE (*, FMT="('File size:', T30, I19)") buff(8) WRITE (*, FMT="('Last access time:', T30, A19)") CTIME(buff(9)) WRITE (*, FMT="('Last modification time', T30, A19)") CTIME(buff(10)) WRITE (*, FMT="('Last status change time:', T30, A19)") CTIME(buff(11)) WRITE (*, FMT="('Preferred block size:', T30, I19)") buff(12) WRITE (*, FMT="('No. of blocks allocated:', T30, I19)") buff(13) END IF END PROGRAM
Next: SYMLNK, Previous: STAT, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SUM
— Sum of array elementsAdds the elements of ARRAY along dimension DIM if
the corresponding element in MASK is TRUE
.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = SUM(ARRAY[, MASK]) |
RESULT = SUM(ARRAY, DIM[, MASK]) |
ARRAY | Shall be an array of type INTEGER ,
REAL or COMPLEX . |
DIM | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER with a value in the range from 1 to n, where n
equals the rank of ARRAY. |
MASK | (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL
and either be a scalar or an array of the same shape as ARRAY. |
The result is of the same type as ARRAY.
If DIM is absent, a scalar with the sum of all elements in ARRAY is returned. Otherwise, an array of rank n-1, where n equals the rank of ARRAY,and a shape similar to that of ARRAY with dimension DIM dropped is returned.
PROGRAM test_sum INTEGER :: x(5) = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5 /) print *, SUM(x) ! all elements, sum = 15 print *, SUM(x, MASK=MOD(x, 2)==1) ! odd elements, sum = 9 END PROGRAM
Next: SYSTEM, Previous: SUM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SYMLNK
— Create a symbolic linkMakes a symbolic link from file PATH1 to PATH2. A null
character (CHAR(0)
) can be used to mark the end of the names in
PATH1 and PATH2; otherwise, trailing blanks in the file
names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it
contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see
symlink(2)
. If the system does not supply symlink(2)
,
ENOSYS
is returned.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL SYMLNK(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = SYMLNK(PATH1, PATH2) |
PATH1 | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
PATH2 | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. |
Next: SYSTEM_CLOCK, Previous: SYMLNK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SYSTEM
— Execute a shell commandPasses the command COMMAND to a shell (see system(3)
). If
argument STATUS is present, it contains the value returned by
system(3)
, which is presumably 0 if the shell command succeeded.
Note that which shell is used to invoke the command is system-dependent
and environment-dependent.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL SYSTEM(COMMAND [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = SYSTEM(COMMAND) |
COMMAND | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. |
Next: TAN, Previous: SYSTEM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
SYSTEM_CLOCK
— Time functionDetermines the COUNT of milliseconds of wall clock time since
the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970) modulo COUNT_MAX,
COUNT_RATE determines the number of clock ticks per second.
COUNT_RATE and COUNT_MAX are constant and specific to
gfortran
.
If there is no clock, COUNT is set to -HUGE(COUNT)
, and
COUNT_RATE and COUNT_MAX are set to zero
Fortran 95 and later
Subroutine
CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK([COUNT, COUNT_RATE, COUNT_MAX])
COUNT | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default
INTEGER with INTENT(OUT) . |
COUNT_RATE | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default
INTEGER with INTENT(OUT) . |
COUNT_MAX | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default
INTEGER with INTENT(OUT) . |
PROGRAM test_system_clock INTEGER :: count, count_rate, count_max CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK(count, count_rate, count_max) WRITE(*,*) count, count_rate, count_max END PROGRAM
Next: TANH, Previous: SYSTEM_CLOCK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TAN
— Tangent functionTAN(X)
computes the tangent of X.
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
RESULT = TAN(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X.
program test_tan real(8) :: x = 0.165_8 x = tan(x) end program test_tan
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DTAN(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
Next: TIME, Previous: TAN, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TANH
— Hyperbolic tangent functionTANH(X)
computes the hyperbolic tangent of X.
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later
Elemental function
X = TANH(X)
X | The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX . |
The return value has same type and kind as X. If X is
complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians. If X
is REAL
, the return value lies in the range
- 1 \leq tanh(x) \leq 1 .
program test_tanh real(8) :: x = 2.1_8 x = tanh(x) end program test_tanh
Name | Argument | Return type | Standard |
DTANH(X) | REAL(8) X | REAL(8) | Fortran 95 and later |
Next: TIME8, Previous: TANH, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TIME
— Time functionReturns the current time encoded as an integer (in the manner of the
UNIX function time(3)
). This value is suitable for passing to
CTIME()
, GMTIME()
, and LTIME()
.
This intrinsic is not fully portable, such as to systems with 32-bit
INTEGER
types but supporting times wider than 32 bits. Therefore,
the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or
numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the
compiled program.
See TIME8, for information on a similar intrinsic that might be portable to more GNU Fortran implementations, though to fewer Fortran compilers.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = TIME()
The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(4)
.
Next: TINY, Previous: TIME, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TIME8
— Time function (64-bit)Returns the current time encoded as an integer (in the manner of the
UNIX function time(3)
). This value is suitable for passing to
CTIME()
, GMTIME()
, and LTIME()
.
Warning: this intrinsic does not increase the range of the timing
values over that returned by time(3)
. On a system with a 32-bit
time(3)
, TIME8()
will return a 32-bit value, even though
it is converted to a 64-bit INTEGER(8)
value. That means
overflows of the 32-bit value can still occur. Therefore, the values
returned by this intrinsic might be or become negative or numerically
less than previous values during a single run of the compiled program.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = TIME8()
The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(8)
.
Next: TRAILZ, Previous: TIME8, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TINY
— Smallest positive number of a real kindTINY(X)
returns the smallest positive (non zero) number
in the model of the type of X
.
Fortran 95 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = TINY(X)
X | Shall be of type REAL . |
The return value is of the same type and kind as X
See HUGE
for an example.
Next: TRANSFER, Previous: TINY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TRAILZ
— Number of trailing zero bits of an integerTRAILZ
returns the number of trailing zero bits of an integer.
Fortran 2008 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = TRAILZ(I)
I | Shall be of type INTEGER . |
The type of the return value is the default INTEGER
.
If all the bits of I
are zero, the result value is BIT_SIZE(I)
.
PROGRAM test_trailz WRITE (*,*) TRAILZ(8) ! prints 3 END PROGRAM
Next: TRANSPOSE, Previous: TRAILZ, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TRANSFER
— Transfer bit patternsInterprets the bitwise representation of SOURCE in memory as if it is the representation of a variable or array of the same type and type parameters as MOLD.
This is approximately equivalent to the C concept of casting one type to another.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = TRANSFER(SOURCE, MOLD[, SIZE])
SOURCE | Shall be a scalar or an array of any type. |
MOLD | Shall be a scalar or an array of any type. |
SIZE | (Optional) shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER . |
The result has the same type as MOLD, with the bit level representation of SOURCE. If SIZE is present, the result is a one-dimensional array of length SIZE. If SIZE is absent but MOLD is an array (of any size or shape), the result is a one- dimensional array of the minimum length needed to contain the entirety of the bitwise representation of SOURCE. If SIZE is absent and MOLD is a scalar, the result is a scalar.
If the bitwise representation of the result is longer than that of SOURCE, then the leading bits of the result correspond to those of SOURCE and any trailing bits are filled arbitrarily.
When the resulting bit representation does not correspond to a valid
representation of a variable of the same type as MOLD, the results
are undefined, and subsequent operations on the result cannot be
guaranteed to produce sensible behavior. For example, it is possible to
create LOGICAL
variables for which VAR
and
.NOT.VAR
both appear to be true.
PROGRAM test_transfer integer :: x = 2143289344 print *, transfer(x, 1.0) ! prints "NaN" on i686 END PROGRAM
Next: TRIM, Previous: TRANSFER, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TRANSPOSE
— Transpose an array of rank twoTranspose an array of rank two. Element (i, j) of the result has the value
MATRIX(j, i)
, for all i, j.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = TRANSPOSE(MATRIX)
MATRIX | Shall be an array of any type and have a rank of two. |
The result has the same type as MATRIX, and has shape
(/ m, n /)
if MATRIX has shape (/ n, m /)
.
Next: TTYNAM, Previous: TRANSPOSE, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TRIM
— Remove trailing blank characters of a stringRemoves trailing blank characters of a string.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = TRIM(STRING)
STRING | Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER . |
A scalar of type CHARACTER
which length is that of STRING
less the number of trailing blanks.
PROGRAM test_trim CHARACTER(len=10), PARAMETER :: s = "GFORTRAN " WRITE(*,*) LEN(s), LEN(TRIM(s)) ! "10 8", with/without trailing blanks END PROGRAM
Next: UBOUND, Previous: TRIM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
TTYNAM
— Get the name of a terminal device.Get the name of a terminal device. For more information,
see ttyname(3)
.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL TTYNAM(UNIT, NAME) |
NAME = TTYNAM(UNIT) |
UNIT | Shall be a scalar INTEGER . |
NAME | Shall be of type CHARACTER . |
PROGRAM test_ttynam INTEGER :: unit DO unit = 1, 10 IF (isatty(unit=unit)) write(*,*) ttynam(unit) END DO END PROGRAM
Next: UMASK, Previous: TTYNAM, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
UBOUND
— Upper dimension bounds of an arrayReturns the upper bounds of an array, or a single upper bound along the DIM dimension.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Inquiry function
RESULT = UBOUND(ARRAY [, DIM [, KIND]])
ARRAY | Shall be an array, of any type. |
DIM | (Optional) Shall be a scalar INTEGER . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
If DIM is absent, the result is an array of the upper bounds of
ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is a scalar
corresponding to the upper bound of the array along that dimension. If
ARRAY is an expression rather than a whole array or array
structure component, or if it has a zero extent along the relevant
dimension, the upper bound is taken to be the number of elements along
the relevant dimension.
Next: UNLINK, Previous: UBOUND, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
UMASK
— Set the file creation maskSets the file creation mask to MASK. If called as a function, it
returns the old value. If called as a subroutine and argument OLD
if it is supplied, it is set to the old value. See umask(2)
.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL UMASK(MASK [, OLD])
OLD = UMASK(MASK)
MASK | Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER . |
OLD | (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type
INTEGER . |
Next: UNPACK, Previous: UMASK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
UNLINK
— Remove a file from the file systemUnlinks the file PATH. A null character (CHAR(0)
) can be
used to mark the end of the name in PATH; otherwise, trailing
blanks in the file name are ignored. If the STATUS argument is
supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return;
see unlink(2)
.
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit.
GNU extension
Subroutine, function
CALL UNLINK(PATH [, STATUS]) |
STATUS = UNLINK(PATH) |
PATH | Shall be of default CHARACTER type. |
STATUS | (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. |
Next: VERIFY, Previous: UNLINK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
UNPACK
— Unpack an array of rank one into an arrayStore the elements of VECTOR in an array of higher rank.
Fortran 95 and later
Transformational function
RESULT = UNPACK(VECTOR, MASK, FIELD)
VECTOR | Shall be an array of any type and rank one. It
shall have at least as many elements as MASK has TRUE values. |
MASK | Shall be an array of type LOGICAL . |
FIELD | Shall be of the same type as VECTOR and have the same shape as MASK. |
The resulting array corresponds to FIELD with TRUE
elements
of MASK replaced by values from VECTOR in array element order.
PROGRAM test_unpack integer :: vector(2) = (/1,1/) logical :: mask(4) = (/ .TRUE., .FALSE., .FALSE., .TRUE. /) integer :: field(2,2) = 0, unity(2,2) ! result: unity matrix unity = unpack(vector, reshape(mask, (/2,2/)), field) END PROGRAM
Next: XOR, Previous: UNPACK, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
VERIFY
— Scan a string for the absence of a set of charactersVerifies that all the characters in a SET are present in a STRING.
If BACK is either absent or equals FALSE
, this function
returns the position of the leftmost character of STRING that is
not in SET. If BACK equals TRUE
, the rightmost position
is returned. If all characters of SET are found in STRING, the
result is zero.
Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later
Elemental function
RESULT = VERIFY(STRING, SET[, BACK [, KIND]])
STRING | Shall be of type CHARACTER . |
SET | Shall be of type CHARACTER . |
BACK | (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL . |
KIND | (Optional) An INTEGER initialization
expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. |
The return value is of type INTEGER
and of kind KIND. If
KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind.
PROGRAM test_verify WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "AO") ! 1, found 'F' WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "FOO") ! 3, found 'R' WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "C++") ! 1, found 'F' WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "C++", .TRUE.) ! 7, found 'N' WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", "FORTRAN") ! 0' found none END PROGRAM
Previous: VERIFY, Up: Intrinsic Procedures [Contents][Index]
XOR
— Bitwise logical exclusive ORBitwise logical exclusive or.
This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with
GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider
the use of the IEOR intrinsic and for logical arguments the
.NEQV.
operator, which are both defined by the Fortran standard.
GNU extension
Function
RESULT = XOR(I, J)
I | The type shall be either a scalar INTEGER
type or a scalar LOGICAL type. |
J | The type shall be the same as the type of I. |
The return type is either a scalar INTEGER
or a scalar
LOGICAL
. If the kind type parameters differ, then the
smaller kind type is implicitly converted to larger kind, and the
return has the larger kind.
PROGRAM test_xor LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE. INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / Z'F' /, b / Z'3' / WRITE (*,*) XOR(T, T), XOR(T, F), XOR(F, T), XOR(F, F) WRITE (*,*) XOR(a, b) END PROGRAM
Fortran 95 elemental function: IEOR
Next: Contributing, Previous: Intrinsic Procedures, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
• ISO_FORTRAN_ENV: | ||
• ISO_C_BINDING: | ||
• OpenMP Modules OMP_LIB and OMP_LIB_KINDS: |
Next: ISO_C_BINDING, Up: Intrinsic Modules [Contents][Index]
ISO_FORTRAN_ENV
Fortran 2003 and later; INT8
, INT16
, INT32
, INT64
,
REAL32
, REAL64
, REAL128
are Fortran 2008 or later
The ISO_FORTRAN_ENV
module provides the following scalar default-integer
named constants:
CHARACTER_STORAGE_SIZE
:Size in bits of the character storage unit.
ERROR_UNIT
:Identifies the preconnected unit used for error reporting.
FILE_STORAGE_SIZE
:Size in bits of the file-storage unit.
INPUT_UNIT
:Identifies the preconnected unit identified by the asterisk
(*
) in READ
statement.
INT8
, INT16
, INT32
, INT64
Kind type parameters to specify an INTEGER type with a storage size of 16, 32, and 64 bits. It is negative if a target platform does not support the particular kind.
IOSTAT_END
:The value assigned to the variable passed to the IOSTAT= specifier of an input/output statement if an end-of-file condition occurred.
IOSTAT_EOR
:The value assigned to the variable passed to the IOSTAT= specifier of an input/output statement if an end-of-record condition occurred.
NUMERIC_STORAGE_SIZE
:The size in bits of the numeric storage unit.
OUTPUT_UNIT
:Identifies the preconnected unit identified by the asterisk
(*
) in WRITE
statement.
REAL32
, REAL64
, REAL128
Kind type parameters to specify a REAL type with a storage size of 32, 64, and 128 bits. It is negative if a target platform does not support the particular kind.
Next: OpenMP Modules OMP_LIB and OMP_LIB_KINDS, Previous: ISO_FORTRAN_ENV, Up: Intrinsic Modules [Contents][Index]
ISO_C_BINDING
Fortran 2003 and later, GNU extensions
The following intrinsic procedures are provided by the module; their definition can be found in the section Intrinsic Procedures of this manual.
C_ASSOCIATED
C_F_POINTER
C_F_PROCPOINTER
C_FUNLOC
C_LOC
The ISO_C_BINDING
module provides the following named constants of
type default integer, which can be used as KIND type parameters.
In addition to the integer named constants required by the Fortran 2003
standard, GNU Fortran provides as an extension named constants for the
128-bit integer types supported by the C compiler: C_INT128_T,
C_INT_LEAST128_T, C_INT_FAST128_T
.
Fortran Type | Named constant | C type | Extension |
INTEGER | C_INT | int | |
INTEGER | C_SHORT | short int | |
INTEGER | C_LONG | long int | |
INTEGER | C_LONG_LONG | long long int | |
INTEGER | C_SIGNED_CHAR | signed char /unsigned char | |
INTEGER | C_SIZE_T | size_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT8_T | int8_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT16_T | int16_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT32_T | int32_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT64_T | int64_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT128_T | int128_t | Ext. |
INTEGER | C_INT_LEAST8_T | int_least8_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_LEAST16_T | int_least16_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_LEAST32_T | int_least32_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_LEAST64_T | int_least64_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_LEAST128_T | int_least128_t | Ext. |
INTEGER | C_INT_FAST8_T | int_fast8_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_FAST16_T | int_fast16_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_FAST32_T | int_fast32_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_FAST64_T | int_fast64_t | |
INTEGER | C_INT_FAST128_T | int_fast128_t | Ext. |
INTEGER | C_INTMAX_T | intmax_t | |
INTEGER | C_INTPTR_T | intptr_t | |
REAL | C_FLOAT | float | |
REAL | C_DOUBLE | double | |
REAL | C_LONG_DOUBLE | long double | |
COMPLEX | C_FLOAT_COMPLEX | float _Complex | |
COMPLEX | C_DOUBLE_COMPLEX | double _Complex | |
COMPLEX | C_LONG_DOUBLE_COMPLEX | long double _Complex | |
LOGICAL | C_BOOL | _Bool | |
CHARACTER | C_CHAR | char |
Additionally, the following parameters of type CHARACTER(KIND=C_CHAR)
are defined.
Name | C definition | Value |
C_NULL_CHAR | null character | '\0' |
C_ALERT | alert | '\a' |
C_BACKSPACE | backspace | '\b' |
C_FORM_FEED | form feed | '\f' |
C_NEW_LINE | new line | '\n' |
C_CARRIAGE_RETURN | carriage return | '\r' |
C_HORIZONTAL_TAB | horizontal tab | '\t' |
C_VERTICAL_TAB | vertical tab | '\v' |
Previous: ISO_C_BINDING, Up: Intrinsic Modules [Contents][Index]
OMP_LIB
and OMP_LIB_KINDS
OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0
The OpenMP Fortran runtime library routines are provided both in
a form of two Fortran 90 modules, named OMP_LIB
and
OMP_LIB_KINDS
, and in a form of a Fortran include
file named
omp_lib.h. The procedures provided by OMP_LIB
can be found
in the Introduction in GNU OpenMP runtime library manual,
the named constants defined in the OMP_LIB_KINDS
module are listed
below.
For details refer to the actual OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0.
OMP_LIB_KINDS
provides the following scalar default-integer
named constants:
omp_integer_kind
omp_logical_kind
omp_lock_kind
omp_nest_lock_kind
omp_sched_kind
Next: Copying, Previous: Intrinsic Modules, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Free software is only possible if people contribute to efforts to create it. We’re always in need of more people helping out with ideas and comments, writing documentation and contributing code.
If you want to contribute to GNU Fortran, have a look at the long lists of projects you can take on. Some of these projects are small, some of them are large; some are completely orthogonal to the rest of what is happening on GNU Fortran, but others are “mainstream” projects in need of enthusiastic hackers. All of these projects are important! We’ll eventually get around to the things here, but they are also things doable by someone who is willing and able.
• Contributors: | ||
• Projects: | ||
• Proposed Extensions: |
Next: Projects, Up: Contributing [Contents][Index]
Most of the parser was hand-crafted by Andy Vaught, who is also the initiator of the whole project. Thanks Andy! Most of the interface with GCC was written by Paul Brook.
The following individuals have contributed code and/or ideas and significant help to the GNU Fortran project (in alphabetical order):
The following people have contributed bug reports, smaller or larger patches, and much needed feedback and encouragement for the GNU Fortran project:
Many other individuals have helped debug, test and improve the GNU Fortran compiler over the past few years, and we welcome you to do the same! If you already have done so, and you would like to see your name listed in the list above, please contact us.
Next: Proposed Extensions, Previous: Contributors, Up: Contributing [Contents][Index]
Solicit more code for donation to the test suite: the more extensive the testsuite, the smaller the risk of breaking things in the future! We can keep code private on request.
Find bugs and write more test cases! Test cases are especially very welcome, because it allows us to concentrate on fixing bugs instead of isolating them. Going through the bugzilla database at http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/ to reduce testcases posted there and add more information (for example, for which version does the testcase work, for which versions does it fail?) is also very helpful.
Previous: Projects, Up: Contributing [Contents][Index]
Here’s a list of proposed extensions for the GNU Fortran compiler, in no particular order. Most of these are necessary to be fully compatible with existing Fortran compilers, but they are not part of the official J3 Fortran 95 standard.
Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Previous: Contributing, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Copyright © 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program–to make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers’ and authors’ protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users’ and authors’ sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users’ freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
“This License” refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
“Copyright” also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks.
“The Program” refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as “you”. “Licensees” and “recipients” may be individuals or organizations.
To “modify” a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a “modified version” of the earlier work or a work “based on” the earlier work.
A “covered work” means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program.
To “propagate” a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modification), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To “convey” a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays “Appropriate Legal Notices” to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
The “source code” for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it. “Object code” means any non-source form of a work.
A “Standard Interface” means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language.
The “System Libraries” of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A “Major Component”, in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The “Corresponding Source” for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the work’s System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work’s users, your or third parties’ legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program’s source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways:
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work.
A “User Product” is either (1) a “consumer product”, which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, “normally used” refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product.
“Installation Information” for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying.
“Additional permissions” are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered “further restrictions” within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An “entity transaction” is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party’s predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
A “contributor” is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributor’s “contributor version”.
A contributor’s “essential patent claims” are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For purposes of this definition, “control” includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributor’s essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a “patent license” is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To “grant” such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. “Knowingly relying” means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipient’s use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it.
A patent license is “discriminatory” if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the “copyright” line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does. Copyright (C) year name of author This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
program Copyright (C) year name of author This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type ‘show w’. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type ‘show c’ for details.
The hypothetical commands ‘show w’ and ‘show c’ should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program’s commands might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an “about box”.
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a “copyright disclaimer” for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But first, please read http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html.
Copyright © 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.”
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) year your name. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with...Texts.” line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts being list.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
Next: Option Index, Previous: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
If you want to have more free software a few years from now, it makes sense for you to help encourage people to contribute funds for its development. The most effective approach known is to encourage commercial redistributors to donate.
Users of free software systems can boost the pace of development by encouraging for-a-fee distributors to donate part of their selling price to free software developers—the Free Software Foundation, and others.
The way to convince distributors to do this is to demand it and expect it from them. So when you compare distributors, judge them partly by how much they give to free software development. Show distributors they must compete to be the one who gives the most.
To make this approach work, you must insist on numbers that you can compare, such as, “We will donate ten dollars to the Frobnitz project for each disk sold.” Don’t be satisfied with a vague promise, such as “A portion of the profits are donated,” since it doesn’t give a basis for comparison.
Even a precise fraction “of the profits from this disk” is not very meaningful, since creative accounting and unrelated business decisions can greatly alter what fraction of the sales price counts as profit. If the price you pay is $50, ten percent of the profit is probably less than a dollar; it might be a few cents, or nothing at all.
Some redistributors do development work themselves. This is useful too; but to keep everyone honest, you need to inquire how much they do, and what kind. Some kinds of development make much more long-term difference than others. For example, maintaining a separate version of a program contributes very little; maintaining the standard version of a program for the whole community contributes much. Easy new ports contribute little, since someone else would surely do them; difficult ports such as adding a new CPU to the GNU Compiler Collection contribute more; major new features or packages contribute the most.
By establishing the idea that supporting further development is “the proper thing to do” when distributing free software for a fee, we can assure a steady flow of resources into making more free software.
Copyright © 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Verbatim copying and redistribution of this section is permitted without royalty; alteration is not permitted.
Next: Keyword Index, Previous: Funding, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
gfortran
’s command line options are indexed here without any
initial ‘-’ or ‘--’. Where an option has both positive and
negative forms (such as -foption and -fno-option), relevant entries in
the manual are indexed under the most appropriate form; it may sometimes
be useful to look up both forms.
Jump to: | A B C D F H I J M N P S U W |
---|
Jump to: | A B C D F H I J M N P S U W |
---|
Previous: Option Index, Up: Top [Contents][Index]
Jump to: | $
%
&
[
_
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R S T U V W X Z |
---|
Jump to: | $
%
&
[
_
A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P R S T U V W X Z |
---|